WO2014208767A1 - Colored curable resin composition - Google Patents
Colored curable resin composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014208767A1 WO2014208767A1 PCT/JP2014/067299 JP2014067299W WO2014208767A1 WO 2014208767 A1 WO2014208767 A1 WO 2014208767A1 JP 2014067299 W JP2014067299 W JP 2014067299W WO 2014208767 A1 WO2014208767 A1 WO 2014208767A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- formula
- carbon atoms
- atom
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 *c1c(*)c(*)c(*)c2c1*C(CC(O*)=O)=N2 Chemical compound *c1c(*)c(*)c(*)c2c1*C(CC(O*)=O)=N2 0.000 description 6
- VDBSRPBXFACZJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC(OC1C(C2)C(CC3OC33)C3C2C1)=O Chemical compound C=CC(OC1C(C2)C(CC3OC33)C3C2C1)=O VDBSRPBXFACZJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMKMWTGZYJBNSF-YEASRJMDSA-N CC(C)(c1ccc2[o]c(C3=Cc(ccc(N(c4c(C)cc(C)cc4C)c4c(C)cc(C)cc4C)c4)c4OC3=O)nc2c1)c1cc(N=C(C[C@H]2O)C(C(Oc3c4)=O)=Cc3ccc4N(c3c(C)cc(C)cc3C)c3c(C)cc(C)cc3C)c2cc1 Chemical compound CC(C)(c1ccc2[o]c(C3=Cc(ccc(N(c4c(C)cc(C)cc4C)c4c(C)cc(C)cc4C)c4)c4OC3=O)nc2c1)c1cc(N=C(C[C@H]2O)C(C(Oc3c4)=O)=Cc3ccc4N(c3c(C)cc(C)cc3C)c3c(C)cc(C)cc3C)c2cc1 RMKMWTGZYJBNSF-YEASRJMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZHHYXWSGMIRDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(O)c(C=O)cc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(O)c(C=O)cc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C OZHHYXWSGMIRDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVJLCJUFGMAYKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(O)ccc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(O)ccc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C XVJLCJUFGMAYKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAEQKVCMRNARTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(OC)ccc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(c1cc(OC)ccc1)c1c(C)cc(C)cc1C IAEQKVCMRNARTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORCOYSJCFFFVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(Cc1nc2cc(C(C)(C)c(cc3)cc(N=C(CC(OCC)=O)C4)c3[O]4=C)ccc2[o]1)=O Chemical compound CCOC(Cc1nc2cc(C(C)(C)c(cc3)cc(N=C(CC(OCC)=O)C4)c3[O]4=C)ccc2[o]1)=O ORCOYSJCFFFVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
- G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
- C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
- C07D263/56—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B57/00—Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
- C09B57/008—Triarylamine dyes containing no other chromophores
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B57/00—Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
- C09B57/02—Coumarine dyes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0033—Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B67/00—Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
- C09B67/0071—Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
- C09B67/0084—Dispersions of dyes
- C09B67/0085—Non common dispersing agents
- C09B67/009—Non common dispersing agents polymeric dispersing agent
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a colored curable resin composition.
- Patent Document 1 describes coumarin 6 represented by the following formula as such a dye.
- a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
- L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —)
- X represents oxygen
- R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom,
- Z represents the formula (Z1): (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
- ⁇ 4> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
- ⁇ 5> The coloring according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
- ⁇ 6> The colored curable resin composition according to ⁇ 2>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- the colorant further contains a pigment.
- the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
- the pigment is a green pigment.
- the pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I.
- ⁇ 16> A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>.
- ⁇ 17> A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to ⁇ 16>.
- ⁇ 18> A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
- L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a)
- X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
- R 7 ⁇ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group
- —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group.
- R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom
- R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of M And they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.)) ⁇ 19> The compound according to ⁇ 18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and
- R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a)
- X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
- R 7 ⁇ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group
- R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
- Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.
- Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
- Compound. ⁇ 23> The compound according to ⁇ 22>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
- a colorant comprising the compound according to any one of ⁇ 18> to ⁇ 23>.
- L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
- X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
- R 11 ⁇ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.) ⁇ 27> A
- R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group,
- the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group.
- R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) : (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (I)). including.
- Compound (I) includes tautomers and salts thereof.
- L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —).
- Examples of the divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include groups represented by formulas (L1) to (L12). From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, formula (L1), formula ( It is preferably a group represented by L7), formula (L8), formula (L10) or formula (L11), represented by formula (L1), formula (L7), formula (L8) or formula (L11). And more preferably a group represented by the formula (L1). In the following formulas (L1) to (L12), ⁇ represents a bond.
- Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methylene group, a dimethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,1-ethylene group, a 2,2-propylene group, and a fluorene-9,9-diyl group.
- a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms is preferable.
- L is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
- the following formula (L21) to A group represented by any one of formulas (L24) is more preferred, a group represented by any one of formulas (L21) to (L23) is more preferred, and formula (L21) or formula (L The group represented by L22) is particularly preferred.
- ⁇ represents a bond.
- X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably an oxygen atom.
- a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing a compound (I) in which X is an oxygen atom tends to have high brightness.
- R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl.
- R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ⁇ 20, R 1 If There there exist a plurality to which may be the same or may be different.
- M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
- alkali metal atom include a sodium atom and a potassium atom.
- M is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
- Alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) oxy group;
- Aryloxy groups such as phenoxy groups;
- Perfluorophenyl group perfluoro (o-tolyl) group, perfluoro (m-tolyl) group, perfluoro (p-tolyl) group, perfluoroxylyl group, perfluoromesityl group, perfluoro (o-cumenyl) group, perfluoro (m- Cumenyl) group, perfluoro (p-cumenyl) group, perfluorobenzyl group, perfluorophenethyl group, perfluorobiphenylyl group, perfluoro (1-naphthyl) group, perfluoro (2-naphthyl) group, 1-trifluoromethylphenyl group, 2 -An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom such as a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, or a 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group;
- R 7 to R 11 and R 13 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M, more preferably a hydrogen atom or —SO 3 M, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Z represents a group represented by the following formula (Z1) or a group represented by the following formula (Z2) (in the following formula, * represents a bond).
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
- alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, 3 -Pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methyl-1 -Hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, heptyl group, 3-ethyl-1-heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group
- Examples of the group in which —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is replaced by an oxygen atom include groups represented by the above formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8).
- the formula R 1 in (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 1 to 8 or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, an ethyl group, a butyl group, 2 -Ethyl-1 hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.) or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-6), particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms or It is a group represented by any one of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-4).
- R 1 in the formula (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any one of the formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 4 carbon atoms. Or a group represented by any of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, 2-ethyl-1hexyl).
- R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl.
- R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and M is hydrogen An atom or an alkali metal atom is represented, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
- R 2 to R 6 include the same as R 7 to R 13 .
- R 30 may be the same as R 14 .
- the formula R 2 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, A methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
- the formula R 4 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.), more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or carbon It is an alkyl group having a number of 1 to 4, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- An aliphatic hydrocarbon group more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, A hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 6 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
- R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- R 2 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a methyl group.
- a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
- R 4 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group) 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group and the like, more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both.
- alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group, and pentyl group.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- the phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions.
- the phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the meta position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of the two meta positions.
- a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in both ortho and meta positions means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions and at least one of two meta positions. Means group.
- Ar 1 is preferably a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
- Ar 1 may have a substituent other than an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- substituents include a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group and include amino group, -SO 3 M and -CO 2 M is preferred.
- Ar 1 examples include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-10) and formulas (PHK-13) to (PHK-29).
- ⁇ represents a bond.
- GL1 represents a group represented by the formula (GL-1)
- GL2 represents a group represented by the formula (GL-2)
- GL3 represents a formula (GL-3).
- GL5 represents a group represented by the formula (GL5)
- H represents a hydrogen atom
- SA represents -SO 3 H
- CA is —CO 2 H
- PHK-1 to “PHK-16” are represented by the formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively.
- “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents a group represented by Formula (L23).
- “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents Formula (L23).
- “L24” represents a group represented by the formula (L24), "O” represents an oxygen atom, “S” represents a sulfur atom, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
- SA represents —SO 3 H
- CA represents —CO 2 H
- “PHK-1” to “PHK-16” are represented by formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively. Represents the group represented.
- Examples of the compound (I) include compounds represented by the formula (IA ′) shown in the following Table 29 or alkali metal salts thereof.
- “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1)
- “O” represents an oxygen atom
- “Me” represents a methyl group
- “Et” represents an ethyl group
- “Bu” represents a butyl group
- “Hex” represents a hexyl group
- EHx represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group
- “Oct” represents an octyl group
- “GL1” represents the formula (GL— 1) represents a group represented by formula (GL-2)
- “GL3” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3)
- “GL5” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3).
- the group represented by the formula (GL-5) is represented, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
- compound (I-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-2).
- compound (IA-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IA-1).
- compound (IB-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IB-1).
- the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, the compound (IB-1), the compound (IB-2), the compound (IB-3), the compound (IB-4), and the compound (IB- 5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB-10), Compound (IB-11), Compound (IB-12) ), Compound (IB-13), Compound (IB-14), Compound (IB-15), Compound (IB-16), Compound (IB-17), Compound (IB-18), Compound (IB-19) , Compound (IB-20), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33),
- L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X and R 7 ⁇ R 13 are the same meaning as described above Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).)
- Z b represents a group represented by formula (Z2).
- R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is preferably a compound (Ia-1) which may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
- Compound (Ia-1) in which R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred.
- Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
- a certain compound (Ia-2) is preferable, and Ar 1 is a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position, or a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position and the meta position.
- Compound (I) is a compound represented by formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (II)) and a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter referred to as compound (III)). May be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
- the compound (II) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, that is, the compound represented by the following formula (IIa) and the compound (III) are both novel.
- a compound. In the formula, L, L a , X, Z, R 7 to R 9 and R 11 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represent 1 to Represents 20 alkyl groups.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 15 and R 16 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
- R 15 and R 16 are preferably the same group.
- the base examples include organic bases such as triethylamine and piperidine, and the amount used is usually 0.1 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of compound (II).
- the amount of compound (III) to be used is generally 2 to 10 mol, preferably 2 to 4 mol, per 1 mol of compound (II).
- the reaction between compound (II) and compound (III) is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent.
- the solvent include nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, Alcohol solvents such as 1-octanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, ketone solvents such as acetone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, etc.
- amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformaldehyde and N-methylpyrrolidone, nitrile solvents, alcohol solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferable, and acetonitrile, methanol and toluene are more preferable.
- the amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (II).
- the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 150 ° C.
- the reaction time is usually 0.5 hours to 36 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the compound (I) can be taken out by mixing a solvent in which the compound (I) is difficult to dissolve with the obtained reaction mixture and filtering.
- Compound (III) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IV)) with a formylating agent. (In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above.)
- the formylating agent is phosphoryl chloride.
- the amount used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (IV).
- the reaction of compound (IV) with a formylating agent is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent, and examples of the solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide.
- the amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (IV).
- the reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and the reaction time is usually from 0.5 hours to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is neutralized, extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract compound (III).
- Compound (IV) is produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (V) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (V)) with boron tribromide, followed by hydrolysis. Can do.
- V formula (V)
- Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 17 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
- the amount of boron tribromide to be used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (V).
- the reaction of compound (V) with boron tribromide is usually carried out in a solvent, and examples of the solvent include halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane.
- the amount of the solvent to be used is generally 1-50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (V).
- the reaction temperature is usually ⁇ 78 ° C. to 50 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture and water are mixed and then separated, and the resulting organic layer can be concentrated to take out the compound (IV).
- the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VI) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VI)) and a compound represented by the formula (VII). (Hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VII)) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base.
- the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VIII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VIII)) and a compound represented by the formula (IX). (Hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IX)) can also be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
- a base wherein R 1 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Represents a group.
- halogen atom represented by X 2 and X 3 examples include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
- the reaction between compound (VI) and compound (VII) can be carried out according to a known method for amination of an aromatic halide (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 1163-1164, etc.). .
- a palladium catalyst such as palladium (II) acetate and a phosphorus-based ligand (for example, 2,8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3 3.3] undecane, etc.
- a base such as potassium tert-butoxide
- a solvent such as toluene
- the reaction of compound (VIII) and compound (IX) can be carried out according to a known alkylation method of an amine compound (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2011, 76, 8015-8021 etc.). Specifically, a base such as triethylamine, sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, a compound (VIII), a compound (IX), a solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide, The reaction can be carried out by mixing.
- the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 72 hours.
- the reaction mixture, water and, if necessary, an organic solvent insoluble in water are mixed, the organic layer is separated, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to obtain the compound (V). It can be taken out.
- the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z2) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (XV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (XV)) and a compound represented by the formula (XVI). (Hereinafter, it may be described as the compound (XVI)).
- Ar 1 , R 7 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 3 represents a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group.
- Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 3 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
- the reaction between the compound (XV) and the compound (XVI) is carried out according to a known coupling reaction between an aromatic amine and an aromatic halide (for example, J. Mater. Chem. 1997, 7, 2343-2354, etc.). Can be implemented. Specifically, the reaction can be carried out by mixing copper, a base such as potassium carbonate, compound (XV), compound (XVI), and a solvent such as dichlorobenzene. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6. The amount of compound (XVI) to be used is generally 2 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (XV). The reaction temperature is usually 50 ° C. to 200 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 96 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered, washed with an acid to obtain an organic layer, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract the compound (V).
- a known coupling reaction between an aromatic amine and an aromatic halide
- Compound (II) is a compound represented by formula (X) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (X)) and a compound represented by formula (XI) (hereinafter referred to as compound (XI)). And a compound represented by formula (XII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (XII)) in a solvent. (Wherein R 11 to R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , L and X represent the same meaning as described above, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 20 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
- the amount of compound (XI) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
- the amount of compound (XII) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
- Compound (XI) and compound (XII) are preferably the same compound, and the amount used is usually 2 to 5 mol, preferably 2 to 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
- the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, and the amount used is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (X).
- the reaction temperature is usually ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 72 hours.
- reaction mixture and water are mixed, and then extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to give compound (II). Can be taken out.
- finish of reaction after mixing a reaction mixture, water, or methanol as needed, for example, compound (II) can also be taken out by filtering.
- Compound (XI) and Compound (XII) are, for example, J. Med. Chem. It can be produced according to a known method such as the method described in 2012, 55, 3398-3413.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant, and the colorant contains compound (I).
- the colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “colorant (A)”) contains compound (I) as an active ingredient.
- the colorant (A) may be composed only of the compound (I) or may contain a dye or pigment other than the compound (I).
- the colorant (A) preferably contains a pigment in addition to the compound (I).
- the content ratio of the compound (I) in the colorant (A) is usually 1 to 100% by mass, preferably 3 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 70% by mass. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
- dyes other than Compound (I) Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), Solvent, Acid, Basic, Reactive, Direct ( Examples include compounds classified as Direct, Disperse, or Vat. Specific examples include dyes having the following color index (CI) numbers.
- Reactive Orange 16 C. I. Direct orange 26; C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 160, 218; C. I. Acid Red 73, 91, 92, 97, 138, 151, 211, 274, 289; C. I. Acid Violet 102; C. I. Solvent Green 1,5; C. I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 28; C. I. Basic Green 1; C. I. Bat Green 1 etc.
- pigments classified as pigments by Color Index published by The Society of Dyer's and Colorists. Specifically, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 83, 86, 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128, 129, 137, 138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214; C. I. Orange pigments such as CI Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73; C. I.
- Red pigments such as CI Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265; C. I. Blue pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60; C. I. Violet color pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38; C. I. Green pigments such as CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 58; C. I. A brown pigment such as CI Pigment Brown 23 and 25; and C.I. I. And black pigments such as CI Pigment Black 1 and 7.
- phthalocyanine pigments are preferable, and at least one selected from the group consisting of halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigments and halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments is more preferable.
- Particularly preferred is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
- These pigments are suitable as green colorants, and by using a colorant containing these pigments, it is easy to optimize the transmission spectrum, and it is possible to form a color filter with good light resistance and chemical resistance. it can.
- the pigment is atomized by rosin treatment, surface treatment using a pigment derivative having an acidic group or basic group introduced, graft treatment on the pigment surface with a polymer compound, etc., sulfuric acid atomization method, etc.
- a treatment, a cleaning treatment with an organic solvent or water for removing impurities, a removal treatment by an ion exchange method of ionic impurities, or the like may be performed.
- the particle diameter of the pigment is preferably substantially uniform.
- the pigment can be made into a pigment dispersion in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the pigment dispersant solution by carrying out a dispersion treatment by containing a pigment dispersant.
- the pigments may be subjected to a dispersion treatment alone, or a plurality of types may be mixed and dispersed.
- the pigment dispersant include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, polyester, polyamine, and acrylic pigment dispersants. These pigment dispersants may be used in combination of two or more.
- the pigment dispersant KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Florene (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solsperse (manufactured by Geneca Corporation), EFKA (manufactured by CIBA), Ajisper (Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (Bic Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like.
- the amount used is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
- the amount of the pigment dispersant used is in the above range, there is a tendency that a pigment dispersion with a more uniform dispersion state is obtained.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (B)”), a polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable compound ( C) ”, a polymerization initiator (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ polymerization initiator (D) ”) and a solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ solvent (E) ”).
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a leveling agent in addition to these components.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiation assistant in addition to these components.
- the content of the colorant (A) in the colored curable resin composition is usually 1% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solid content. More preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 60 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 50 mass% or less.
- the total amount of solid content means the total amount of the component remove
- the total amount of solids and the content of each component relative thereto can be measured by known analytical means such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography, for example.
- the resin (B) contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably an alkali-soluble resin and has a structure derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides. More preferred are addition polymers having units. Examples of such a resin include the following resins [K1] to [K6].
- Resin [K1] at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(a)”), and a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms And a monomer (b) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b)”)
- unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid; Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl
- Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid; Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-ethyl
- (B) refers to a polymerizable compound having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, an oxirane ring, an oxetane ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, etc.) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
- (B) is preferably a monomer having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
- (meth) acrylic acid represents at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and the notation of “(meth) acryloyl” and “(meth) acrylate” is also used. Indicate the same meaning.
- (B) includes a monomer (b1) having an oxiranyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1)”), and a monomer having an oxetanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. (B2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b2)”) and a monomer (b3) having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b3)”).
- (B1) may be a monomer (b1-1) having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter referred to as “(b1-1)”) ) And a monomer (b1-2) having a structure in which an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1-2)”).
- glycidyl (meth) acrylate ⁇ -methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p -Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,4-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,5-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,6-bis (glycidyl (meth
- (B1-2) includes vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, formula ( Examples thereof include a compound represented by 1) and a compound represented by formula (2).
- R a and R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxy group.
- X a and X b are each independently a single bond, -R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R represents the c -NH- .
- R c is the number of carbon atoms Represents an alkanediyl group of 1 to 6. * represents a bond to O.
- Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group.
- Examples of the alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, a 2-hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, 1- Examples include a hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, and a 4-hydroxybutyl group.
- R a and R b are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group or a 2-hydroxyethyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5. -Diyl group and hexane-1,6-diyl group are mentioned.
- X a and X b are each independently a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, * —CH 2 —O— or * —CH 2 CH 2 —O—, preferably a single bond or * —CH 2. More preferably, it is CH 2 —O—.
- * represents a bond with O.
- Examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include compounds represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-15), among which the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-3) And compounds represented by formula (1-5), formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-11) to formula (1-15) are preferred, and formula (1-1), The compounds represented by formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-15) are more preferred.
- Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include compounds represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-15). Among them, the formula (2-1) and the formula (2-3) And compounds represented by formula (2-5), formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-11) to formula (2-15) are preferred, and formula (2-1), The compounds represented by formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-15) are more preferred.
- the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) may be used alone, or the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) May be used in combination. When these are used in combination, the ratio of the compound represented by formula (1) and the compound represented by formula (2) (compound represented by formula (1): compound represented by formula (2)) is mol.
- the standard is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and still more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
- (B2) is more preferably a monomer having an oxetanyl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
- (B2) includes 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane , 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane and 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane.
- (B3) is more preferably a monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
- Examples of (b3) include tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (for example, Biscoat V # 150, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate.
- (B) is preferably (b1), and the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition is excellent in that the reliability of the obtained color filter such as heat resistance and chemical resistance can be further increased.
- (b1) is preferably (b1-2).
- Decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate in the art, it is referred to as “dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate” as a common name.
- tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate It may also be referred to as “tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate”) .
- Torisiku [5.2.1.0 2, 6] in the art, it is said that "dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate” as trivial name.
- Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl Such as oxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
- (Meth) acrylic acid ester Hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate; Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconate; Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- Hydroxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo [2.2 .1] Hept-2-
- styrene vinyltoluene
- benzyl (meth) acrylate tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate
- N -Phenylmaleimide N-cyclohexylmaleimide
- N-benzylmaleimide and bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene are preferred.
- the ratio of the structural unit derived from each is the total structural unit constituting the resin [K1] Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol% Structural unit derived from (b): 40 to 98 mol% It is preferable that Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol% Structural unit derived from (b): 50 to 90 mol% It is more preferable that When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K1] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the obtained color filter are more improved. It tends to be excellent.
- Resin [K1] is, for example, the method described in the document “Experimental Methods for Polymer Synthesis” (Takayuki Otsu, published by Kagaku Dojin Co., Ltd., 1st edition, 1st edition, published on March 1, 1972) and the document Can be produced with reference to the cited references described in 1.
- a predetermined amount of (a) and (b), a polymerization initiator, a solvent, and the like are placed in a reaction vessel, for example, by substituting oxygen with nitrogen to create a deoxygenated atmosphere and stirring.
- the method of heating and heat retention is mentioned.
- the polymerization initiator, the solvent, and the like used here are not particularly limited, and those usually used in the field can be used.
- polymerization initiators azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) and organic peroxides (benzoyl peroxide, etc.) Any solvent may be used as long as it dissolves each monomer.
- the solvent for the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described later.
- the solution after the reaction may be used as it is, a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
- a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
- the solvent contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention as a solvent during the polymerization, the solution after the reaction is used as it is for the preparation of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can be simplified.
- the proportion of structural units derived from each of the structural units constituting the resin [K3] Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol% Structural unit derived from (c): 40 to 98 mol% It is preferable that Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol% Structural unit derived from (c): 50 to 90 mol% It is more preferable that Resin [K3] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as described for the production method of resin [K1].
- Resin [K4] obtains a copolymer of (a) and (c), and (b) has a carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic acid anhydride having (b) a cyclic ether moiety having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It can be manufactured by adding to a product. Specifically, it can be produced as follows. First, a copolymer of (a) and (c) is produced in the same manner as the method described as the production method of the resin [K1]. In this case, it is preferable that the ratio of the structural units derived from each is the same as that described for the resin [K3].
- a cyclic ether compound having 2 to 4 carbon atoms which (b) has is reacted with a part of the carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic anhydride derived from (a) in the copolymer.
- the atmosphere in the flask is replaced from nitrogen to air, and (b) a catalyst for the reaction of the carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride with the cyclic ether compound (for example, A resin [K4] is produced by placing tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, etc.) and a polymerization inhibitor (eg, hydroquinone, etc.) in a flask and reacting, for example, at 60-130 ° C. for 1-10 hours. be able to.
- the amount of (b) used is preferably 5 to 80 mol, more preferably 10 to 75 mol, per 100 mol of (a).
- the colored curable resin composition containing a resin obtained by adjusting the amount of (b) used in this range is storage stability, developability when forming a pattern, solvent resistance of the resulting pattern, heat resistance Tend to have a better balance of properties, mechanical strength and sensitivity. Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K4] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
- the amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c).
- the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c).
- reaction conditions such as the charging method of each reagent, the reaction temperature, and the reaction time can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment and the amount of heat generated by polymerization.
- the charging method and the reaction temperature can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment, the amount of heat generated by the polymerization, and the like.
- Resin [K5] obtains a copolymer of (b) and (c) as a first step in the same manner as in the method for producing resin [K1] described above.
- the obtained copolymer may be used as it is after the reaction, or may be a concentrated or diluted solution, or may be solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. You may use what was taken out as.
- the ratio of the structural units derived from (b) and (c) is the total number of moles of all structural units constituting the copolymer, respectively.
- Resin [K5] can be obtained by reacting an anhydride.
- the amount of (a) to be reacted with the copolymer is preferably 5 to 80 mol per 100 mol of (b). Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K5] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
- Resin [K6] is a resin obtained by further reacting carboxylic anhydride with resin [K5].
- Carboxylic anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by reaction of a cyclic ether moiety with carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride.
- Carboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1 2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride.
- the amount of carboxylic acid anhydride used is preferably 0.5 to 1 mole per mole of (a) used.
- Examples of the resin (B) include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meta ) Resin such as acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer [K1]; glycidyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / (meth) Acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide copolymer, 3,4-epoxy tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid
- the resin (B) is preferably a kind selected from the group consisting of a resin [K1], a resin [K2] and a resin [K3], and more preferably from a group consisting of a resin [K2] and a resin [K3]. It is the kind chosen. When these resins are used, the colored curable resin composition is excellent in developability. Resin [K2] is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion between the coloring pattern and the substrate.
- the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is usually 3,000 to 100,000, preferably 5,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 35,000, Preferably it is 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 6,000 to 30,000.
- the molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)] of the resin (B) is preferably 1.1 to 6, and more preferably 1.2 to 4.
- the acid value of the resin (B) is preferably 20 to 170 mg-KOH / g, more preferably 30 to 170 mg-KOH / g, of which 40 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-135 mg-KOH / g is more preferred. ⁇ 135 mg-KOH / g is preferred.
- the acid value is a value measured as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize 1 g of the resin (B), and can be determined by titration with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, for example.
- the content of the resin (B) is preferably 7 to 65% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content. Of these, the content is preferably 17 to 55% by mass.
- the content of the resin (B) is in the above range, a colored pattern can be easily formed, and the resolution of the colored pattern and the remaining film rate tend to be improved.
- the polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by an active radical and / or an acid generated from a polymerization initiator, and examples thereof include a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylic acid ester Compounds having a structure are preferred.
- the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
- Examples of the polymerizable compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond include nonylphenyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, (A), (a) and (c).
- Examples of the polymerizable compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds include 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and triethylene glycol di (meta).
- the content of the polymerizable compound (C) in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 65% by mass, preferably 7 to 65% by mass with respect to the total solid content, and more The amount is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 17 to 55% by mass.
- the content ratio of the resin (B) to the polymerizable compound (C) (resin (B): polymerizable compound (C)) is usually 20:80 to 80:20, preferably 35:65, based on mass. ⁇ 80: 20. When the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the remaining film ratio at the time of forming the colored pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to be improved.
- the polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an active radical, an acid or the like by the action of light or heat and initiating polymerization, and a known polymerization initiator can be used.
- Examples of the polymerization initiator (D) include alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds, and biimidazole compounds.
- the O-acyl oxime compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d1).
- * represents a bond.
- O-acyloxime compounds include N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1- On-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-one-2-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- ⁇ 2-methyl-4- (3,3-dimethyl-2,4-di) Oxacyclopentanylmethyloxy) benzoyl ⁇ -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethi -6
- N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine
- N-benzoyloxy-1- (4- More preferred is phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine.
- the alkylphenone compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2) or a structure represented by the formula (d3).
- the benzene ring in these structures may have a substituent.
- Examples of the compound having the structure represented by the formula (d2) include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) ) -2-benzylbutan-1-one and 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] butan-1-one.
- Commercial products such as Irgacure 369, 907, 379 (above, manufactured by BASF) may be used.
- Examples of the compound having a structure represented by the formula (d3) include 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy ) Phenyl] propan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, oligomers of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- (4-isopropenylphenyl) propan-1-one, ⁇ , ⁇ -diethoxyacetophenone and benzyl Examples include dimethyl ketal.
- the alkylphenone compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2).
- biimidazole compound examples include a compound represented by the formula (d5).
- R 51 to R 56 represent an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, an ethylphenyl group and a naphthyl group, preferably a phenyl group.
- Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- a halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example, Preferably it is a chlorine atom.
- Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group, and a methoxy group is preferable.
- biimidazole compound examples include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2′-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4.
- acylphosphine oxide compound examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide.
- polymerization initiators include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4 ′.
- -Benzophenone compounds such as methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, 2- Examples include quinone compounds such as ethyl anthraquinone and camphorquinone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, benzyl, methyl phenylglyoxylate, and titanocene compounds. These are preferably used in combination with a polymerization initiation assistant described below (particularly an amine polymerization initiation assistant).
- the polymerization initiator (D) preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds and biimidazole compounds, and more preferably O-acyloxy. Compound.
- the content of the polymerization initiator (D) is usually 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass.
- the polymerization initiation assistant is a compound or a sensitizer used for accelerating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) whose polymerization has been initiated by the polymerization initiator (D).
- the polymerization initiation assistant When the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiation assistant, it is usually used in combination with a polymerization initiator (D).
- the polymerization initiation assistant include amine polymerization initiation assistants, alkoxyanthracene polymerization initiation assistants, thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistants, and carboxylic acid polymerization initiation assistants.
- Examples of the amine polymerization initiation assistant include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate.
- Commercial products such as EAB-F (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) may be used.
- Examples of the thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistant include 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone.
- Carboxylic acid polymerization initiators include phenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, ethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, chlorophenylsulfanylacetic acid, dichlorophenyl And sulfanylacetic acid, N-phenylglycine, phenoxyacetic acid, naphthylthioacetic acid, N-naphthylglycine and naphthoxyacetic acid.
- the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Part by mass.
- the content of the polymerization initiation assistant is within this range, a colored pattern can be formed with higher sensitivity, and the productivity of the color filter tends to be improved.
- a solvent (E) is not limited, The solvent normally used in the said field
- ester solvents include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutanoate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, pyruvin
- Examples include methyl acid, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, cyclohexanol acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
- Ether solvents include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, die Glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, include phenetol and methyl anisole.
- ether ester solvents include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy Ethyl propionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, Ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl acetate Le acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether
- ketone solvents include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone. Is mentioned.
- alcohol solvents examples include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin.
- aromatic hydrocarbon solvents examples include benzene, toluene, xylene and mesitylene.
- amide solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
- These solvents may be used in combination of two or more.
- the content of the solvent (E) is usually 70 to 95% by mass, preferably 75 to 92% by mass, and more preferably 75 to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. .
- the content of the solvent (E) is in the above range, the flatness at the time of coating is good, and when the color filter is formed, the color density does not become insufficient and the display characteristics tend to be good. .
- Leveling agent examples include silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, and silicone surfactants having a fluorine atom. These may have a polymerizable group in the side chain.
- silicone surfactant examples include surfactants having a siloxane bond in the molecule.
- Toray Silicone DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400 (trade name: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324 , KP326, KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452 and TSF4460 (made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan GK) It is done.
- fluorosurfactant examples include surfactants having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule.
- Florard (registered trademark) FC430, FC431 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
- MegaFac (registered trademark) F142D, F171, F172, F173, F177, F183, F183, F554, R30, RS-718-K manufactured by DIC Corporation
- Ftop registered trademark
- EF301 EF303
- EF351, EF352 manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals
- Surflon registered trademark
- S381, S382 SC101, SC105 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.).
- silicone surfactant having a fluorine atom examples include surfactants having a siloxane bond and a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule.
- Megafac registered trademark
- R08, BL20, F475, F477, and F443 manufactured by DIC Corporation
- the content of the leveling agent is usually from 0.0005% by mass to 0.6% by mass, preferably from 0.001% by mass to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. More preferably, it is 0.001 mass% or more and 0.2 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 0.002 mass% or more and 0.1 mass% or less, Especially preferably, it is 0.005 mass% or more and 0.07 mass%. % Or less.
- the leveling agent content is within the above range, the flatness of the color filter can be improved.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes additives known in the art, such as fillers, other polymer compounds, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, etc., if necessary. May be included.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes, for example, a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), a solvent (E), and, if necessary, It can be prepared by mixing a leveling agent, a polymerization initiation aid and other components.
- a leveling agent e.g., a leveling agent for polymerization initiation aid
- pigments and dyes can also be mixed.
- the pigment is preferably mixed in advance with a part or all of the solvent (E) and used in the state of a pigment dispersion dispersed using a bead mill or the like until the average particle size of the pigment is about 0.2 ⁇ m or less. .
- Examples of the method for producing a colored pattern from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include a photolithographic method, an inkjet method, and a printing method. Of these, the photolithographic method is preferable.
- the photolithographic method is a method in which a colored curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, dried to form a colored composition layer, and the colored composition layer is exposed and developed through a photomask.
- a colored coating film that is a cured product of the colored composition layer can be formed by not using a photomask and / or not developing during exposure.
- the colored pattern and the colored coating film thus formed are the color filter of the present invention.
- the film thickness of the color filter to be produced can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose and application, and is usually 0.1 to 30 ⁇ m, preferably 0.1 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 6 ⁇ m.
- resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate, silicon
- an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film or the like is used.
- another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor, a circuit, and the like may be formed.
- each color pixel by the photolithographic method can be performed by a known or commonly used apparatus and conditions. For example, it can be produced as follows.
- a colored curable resin composition is applied on a substrate, dried by heating (pre-baking) and / or drying under reduced pressure to remove volatile components such as a solvent, and a smooth colored composition layer is obtained.
- the coating method include a spin coating method, a slit coating method, and a slit and spin coating method.
- the temperature for performing heat drying is preferably 30 to 120 ° C, more preferably 50 to 110 ° C. Further, the heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 60 minutes, and more preferably 30 seconds to 30 minutes. When drying under reduced pressure, it is preferably performed at a temperature of 20 to 25 ° C. under a pressure of 50 to 150 Pa.
- the film thickness of the coloring composition layer is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the film thickness of the target color filter.
- the coloring composition layer is exposed through a photomask for forming a target coloring pattern.
- the pattern on the photomask is not particularly limited, and a pattern according to the intended use is used.
- the light source used for exposure is preferably a light source that generates light having a wavelength of 250 to 450 nm. For example, light less than 350 nm can be cut using a filter that cuts this wavelength range, or light near 436 nm, 408 nm, and 365 nm can be selectively extracted using a bandpass filter that extracts these wavelength ranges. Or you may.
- Specific examples of the light source include a mercury lamp, a light emitting diode, a metal halide lamp, and a halogen lamp.
- a colored pattern is formed on the substrate by developing the exposed colored composition layer in contact with a developer. By the development, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is dissolved in the developer and removed.
- the developer is preferably an aqueous solution of an alkaline compound such as potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
- the concentration of the alkaline compound is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 5% by mass.
- the developer may contain a surfactant.
- the development method may be any of paddle method, dipping method and spray method. Further, the substrate may be tilted at an arbitrary angle during development. After development, it is preferable to wash with water.
- the post-bake temperature is preferably 150 to 250 ° C, more preferably 160 to 235 ° C.
- the post-bake time is preferably 1 to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 to 60 minutes.
- the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is useful as a color filter used for display devices (for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.) and solid-state image sensors.
- display devices for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.
- solid-state image sensors for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.
- the polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by the GPC method under the following conditions.
- Apparatus HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Column: TSK-GELG2000HXL Column temperature: 40 ° C Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Analysis sample solid content concentration: 0.001 to 0.01% by mass Injection volume: 50 ⁇ L Detector: RI
- Calibration standard materials TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, F-288, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
- the polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight ratio (Mw / Mn) obtained above was defined as molecular weight distribution.
- Synthesis example 1 10.1 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate 12.6. Part was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 5 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 300 parts of water and 270 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated.
- Synthesis example 2 2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 56.8 parts of iodoethane were added, and then stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 18.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-2).
- Synthesis example 3 An appropriate amount of nitrogen was passed through a flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer to form a nitrogen atmosphere, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added and heated to 85 ° C. with stirring. Next, 19 parts of methacrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl acrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] Decan-9-yl acrylate (content ratio is 50:50 in molar ratio) 171 parts dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 40 parts using a dropping pump over about 5 hours And dripped.
- Synthesis example 5 The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 1 was performed except that iodoethane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt3-4), formula (pt4-4), formula (pt5-4), and formula A compound represented by (I-141) was obtained.
- Synthesis Example 6 The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 2 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline in Synthesis Example 2, and the formula (pt2-5), formula (pt3-5), The compounds represented by formula (pt4-5), formula (pt5-5) and formula (I-146) were obtained.
- Synthesis example 7 The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 4 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Synthesis Example 4, and formula (pt3-6), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-6), formula (pt5-6) and formula (I-86) were obtained.
- Example 1 4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol were mixed. To the resulting mixture, 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride was gradually added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. The resulting mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were taken out by filtration. The taken out crystal was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a).
- Example 2 The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-2a), formula (pt3-2a), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-2a), formula (pt5-2a) and formula (IA-17) were obtained.
- Example 3 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced by 1-bromo-3-methylbutane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-3a) and the formula (pt3-3a) The compound represented by formula (pt4-3a), formula (pt5-3a) and formula (IA-297) was obtained.
- Example 4 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 39.9 parts (0.200 mol) of 3-methoxydiphenylamine, 13.5 parts (0.240 mol) of potassium hydroxide and 550 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To this mixture, 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. To this mixture were added 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours.
- Example 1 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) was replaced with the formula (pt3-4a) in Example 1, and the formula (pt4-4a) and the formula (pt5- The compound represented by 4a) and formula (IA-15) was obtained.
- Example 5 The same procedure as in Example 4 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromododecane in Example 4, and the formula (pt3-5a), formula (pt4-5a), formula ( pt5-5a) and the compound represented by formula (IA-299) were obtained.
- Example 6 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-6a), formula (pt3-6a), formula The compounds represented by (pt4-6a), formula (pt5-6a) and formula (IA-306) were obtained.
- Example 7 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride 18 .2 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a).
- Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-49).
- Example 8 Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a).
- Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-81).
- Example 9 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane. Thus, the compounds represented by formula (pt2-9a), formula (pt3-9a), formula (pt4-9a), formula (pt5-9a) and formula (I-308) were obtained.
- Example 10 In Example 1, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a), and 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline.
- the compound represented by the formula (IA-311) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-bromooctane was replaced with 1-bromooctane.
- the temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 30.
- Example 11 4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol are mixed, and gradually 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate hydrochloride is added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. Added to. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b).
- Example 12 18. 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate at 5 ° C. or lower. Two parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b).
- Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-32) The compound represented by these was obtained.
- Example 13 Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b).
- Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-62) The compound represented by these was obtained.
- Example 14 The same procedure as in Example 11 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Example 11, and the formula (pt2-4b) and the formula ( The compounds represented by pt3-4b), formula (pt4-4b) and formula (IB-6) were obtained.
- Example 15 In Example 11, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethyl. Except having replaced with benzene, it implemented similarly to Example 11 and obtained the compound represented by a formula (IB-36).
- the temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 31.
- Example 16 Pigment: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) 27 parts, 12 parts acrylic pigment dispersant, Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 9.5 parts, and Solvent (E): Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 180 parts were mixed, and a pigment dispersion in which the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill; Colorant (A): 3.0 parts of compound represented by formula (I-1); Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 40 parts; Polymerizable compound (C): Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 49 parts; Polymerization initiator (D): N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered
- Example 17 to Example 33 In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 32, and the compound represented by formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 32. A functional resin composition was obtained.
- Example 16 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 33, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 33. A functional resin composition was obtained.
- Example 16 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 34, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 34. A functional resin composition was obtained.
- Example 79 Preparation of colored pattern and evaluation of sublimation>
- the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was applied on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning) by spin coating, and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. Formed. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the colored composition layer is formed and the quartz glass photomask is set to 200 ⁇ m, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) is used in an air atmosphere at 80 mJ / cm 2 The exposure amount (standard on 365 nm) was used. A photomask having a 100 ⁇ m line and space pattern was used.
- the colored composition layer after the exposure was developed by being immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% of a nonionic surfactant and 0.04% of potassium hydroxide at 25 ° C. for 70 seconds, and washed with water. The film thickness was measured. The results are shown in Table 35.
- This colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 ⁇ m between them, and post-baking at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes to obtain a colored pattern. .
- the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS).
- a color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) of 5.0 or more indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
- the results are shown in Table 35.
- ⁇ indicates that the colorant does not have sublimability
- x indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
- Example 80 to Example 142 In Example 79, a colored pattern was carried out in the same manner as in Example 79 except that the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was replaced with the colored curable resin composition shown in Tables 35 to 37. Similarly, the sublimation property was evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 35 to 37.
- the film thickness was measured to be 1.9 ⁇ m using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
- the colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 ⁇ m between them, and post-baked at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes.
- the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). As a result, the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) was 5.0 or more, and it was confirmed that coumarin 6 as a colorant has sublimability.
- the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can form a color filter without the colorant sublimating.
- a color filter can be formed without sublimation of the colorant. Therefore, the color filter is suitably used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
For example, dyes are used for color display using reflected light or transmitted light in fields such as fiber materials, liquid crystal display devices, and inkjets. Patent Document 1 describes coumarin 6 represented by the following formula as such a dye.
<1> 式(I)で表される化合物を含む着色剤、樹脂、重合性化合物、重合開始剤および溶剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zは、式(Z1):
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。)
<2> Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基である<1>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<3> Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基である<1>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<4> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基である<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<5> R1が、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<6> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、R1が、炭素数1~8のアルキル基である<2>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<7> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、R1が、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である<3>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<8> Zが、式(Z2)で表わされる基である<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<9> Ar1が、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である<1>、<2>、<3>および<8>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<10> 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である<9>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<11> 着色剤が、さらに顔料を含む<1>~<10>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<12> 顔料が、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン顔料およびハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<13> 顔料が、塩素化銅フタロシアニン顔料、臭素化銅フタロシアニン顔料および臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<14> 顔料が、緑色顔料である<11>~<13>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<15> 顔料が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36およびC.I.ピグメントグリーン58からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>~<14>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<16> <1>~<15>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタ。
<17> <16>に記載のカラーフィルタを含む液晶表示装置。
<18> 式(Ia−1)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zaは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。))
<19> R1が、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい<18>に記載の化合物。
<20> R1が、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である<18>に記載の化合物。
<21> 式(Ia−2)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zbは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。))
<22> Ar1が、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である<21>に記載の化合物。
<23> 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である<22>に記載の化合物。
<24> <18>~<23>のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む着色剤。
<25> さらに顔料を含む<24>に記載の着色剤。
<26> 式(IIa)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R11~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。)
<27> 式(III)で表される化合物。
(式中、R7~R9は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよい。R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Zは、式(Z1):
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。);等を提供するものである。 The present invention
<1> A colored curable resin composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
(In the formula, L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), and X represents oxygen R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, -N (R 14) -, may be replaced to a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO M, -CO 2 M, hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 20, R 14 there are a plurality of In this case, they may be the same or different, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different. Well,
Z represents the formula (Z1):
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond. .)
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by )
<2> The colored curable resin composition according to <1>, wherein L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
<3> The colored curable resin composition according to <1>, wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
<4> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
<5> The coloring according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom. Curable resin composition.
<6> The colored curable resin composition according to <2>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
<7> The colored curable resin composition according to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
<8> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2).
<9> Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of 2>, <3> and <8>.
<10> The colored curable resin composition according to <9>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an isopropyl group.
<11> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the colorant further contains a pigment.
<12> The colored curable resin composition according to <11>, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
<13> The colored curable resin composition according to <11>, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a chlorinated copper phthalocyanine pigment, a brominated copper phthalocyanine pigment, and a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
<14> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <11> to <13>, wherein the pigment is a green pigment.
<15> The pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <11> to <14>, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
<16> A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>.
<17> A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to <16>.
<18> A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of M And they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.))
<19> The compound according to <18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
<20> The compound according to <18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
<21> A compound represented by the formula (Ia-2).
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
<22> As described in <21>, Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. Compound.
<23> The compound according to <22>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
<24> A colorant comprising the compound according to any one of <18> to <23>.
<25> The colorant according to <24>, further comprising a pigment.
<26> A compound represented by the formula (IIa).
(Wherein, L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 11 ~ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.)
<27> A compound represented by the formula (III).
(Wherein R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group, Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group; The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group. good .R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) :
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by ); Etc.
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (I)). including. Compound (I) includes tautomers and salts thereof.
式(I)中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わす。 <Compound (I)>
In the formula (I), L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —).
Examples of the divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include groups represented by formulas (L1) to (L12). From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, formula (L1), formula ( It is preferably a group represented by L7), formula (L8), formula (L10) or formula (L11), represented by formula (L1), formula (L7), formula (L8) or formula (L11). And more preferably a group represented by the formula (L1). In the following formulas (L1) to (L12), ● represents a bond.
メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソプロペニル基、1−プロペニル基、2−プロペニル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、2−エチル−1−ブチル基、2−ブテニル基、1,3−ブタジエニル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、3−ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert−ペンチル基、1−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−ペンテニル基、3−エチル−1−ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、5−メチル−1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、3−エチル−1−ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、オクダデシル基等の脂肪族炭化水素基;
シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキセニル基、シクロヘプチル基、1−メチルシクロヘキシル基、2−メチルシクロヘキシル基、3−メチルシクロヘキシル基、4−メチルシクロヘキシル基、1,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、1,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、1,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,6−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、4,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,4,6−トリメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,2,6,6−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,3,5,5−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基等の脂環式炭化水素基;
フェニル基、o−トリル基、m−トリル基、p−トリル基、2,3−ジメチルフェニル基、2,4−ジメチルフェニル基、2,5−ジメチルフェニル基、2,6−ジメチルフェニル基、3,4−ジメチルフェニル基、3,5−ジメチルフェニル基、メシチル基、o−クメニル基、m−クメニル基、p−クメニル基、2,6−ジ(2−プロピル)フェニル基、1−ナフチル基、2−ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等の芳香族炭化水素基;および、
シクロヘキシルメチル基、ベンジル基、フェネチル基等の前記の二つ以上の基を組み合わせることにより形成される基が挙げられる。 As the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,
Methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, isopropenyl group, 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group 2-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, 3-pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-pentenyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methyl-1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, heptyl group, 3-ethyl-1-heptyl group, An aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group;
Cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptyl group, 1-methylcyclohexyl group, 2-methylcyclohexyl group, 3-methylcyclohexyl group, 4-methylcyclohexyl group, 1,2-dimethyl Cyclohexyl group, 1,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 1,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl group 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,4,6-trimethylcyclohexyl group 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-cyclohexyl, 3,3,5,5 alicyclic hydrocarbon group, such as tetramethyl cyclohexyl group;
Phenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, 2,3-dimethylphenyl group, 2,4-dimethylphenyl group, 2,5-dimethylphenyl group, 2,6-dimethylphenyl group, 3,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group, mesityl group, o-cumenyl group, m-cumenyl group, p-cumenyl group, 2,6-di (2-propyl) phenyl group, 1-naphthyl An aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a group, 2-naphthyl group, biphenyl group; and
Examples thereof include groups formed by combining two or more groups such as cyclohexylmethyl group, benzyl group and phenethyl group.
メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec−ブトキシ基、tert−ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)オキシ基等のアルコキシ基;
フェノキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;
ベンジルオキシ基等のアラルキルオキシ基;
アセチル基、エチルカルボニル基、プロピルカルボニル基、イソプロピルカルボニル基、イソプロペニルカルボニル基、1−プロペニルカルボニル基、2−プロペニルカルボニル基、ブチルカルボニル基、イソブチルカルボニル基、sec−ブチルカルボニル基、tert−ブチルカルボニル基、(1−エチル−1−ブチル)カルボニル基、(2−エチル−1−ブチル)カルボニル基、2−ブテニルカルボニル基、1,3−ブタジエニルカルボニル基、ペンチルカルボニル基、イソペンチルカルボニル基、3−ペンチルカルボニル基、ネオペンチルカルボニル基、tert−ペンチルカルボニル基、(1−メチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、(2−メチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、2−ペンテニルカルボニル基、(1−エチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、(3−エチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、ヘキシルカルボニル基、イソヘキシルカルボニル基、(5−メチル−1−ヘキシル)カルボニル基、(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)カルボニル基、ヘプチルカルボニル基、(3−エチル−1−ヘプチル)カルボニル基、オクチルカルボニル基、ノニルカルボニル基、デシルカルボニル基、ウンデシルカルボニル基、ドデシルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルメチルカルボニル基、シクロプロピルカルボニル基、シクロブチルカルボニル基、シクロペンチルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニル基等のアシル基;
アセトキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;
メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、プロポキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;
下記式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)で表される基(なお、下記式中、●は結合手を表わす。);
A group in which —CH 2 — constituting the monovalent hydrocarbon group is replaced with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and such a monovalent hydrocarbon group; Examples of the group in which the hydrogen atom contained is replaced with a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, or an amino group,
Alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) oxy group;
Aryloxy groups such as phenoxy groups;
An aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group;
Acetyl group, ethylcarbonyl group, propylcarbonyl group, isopropylcarbonyl group, isopropenylcarbonyl group, 1-propenylcarbonyl group, 2-propenylcarbonyl group, butylcarbonyl group, isobutylcarbonyl group, sec-butylcarbonyl group, tert-butylcarbonyl Group, (1-ethyl-1-butyl) carbonyl group, (2-ethyl-1-butyl) carbonyl group, 2-butenylcarbonyl group, 1,3-butadienylcarbonyl group, pentylcarbonyl group, isopentylcarbonyl Group, 3-pentylcarbonyl group, neopentylcarbonyl group, tert-pentylcarbonyl group, (1-methyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, (2-methyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, 2-pentenylcarbonyl group, 1-ethyl-1 Pentyl) carbonyl group, (3-ethyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, hexylcarbonyl group, isohexylcarbonyl group, (5-methyl-1-hexyl) carbonyl group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) carbonyl group, Heptylcarbonyl group, (3-ethyl-1-heptyl) carbonyl group, octylcarbonyl group, nonylcarbonyl group, decylcarbonyl group, undecylcarbonyl group, dodecylcarbonyl group, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl group, cyclopropylcarbonyl group, cyclobutylcarbonyl An acyl group such as a group, cyclopentylcarbonyl group, cyclohexylcarbonyl group;
An acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group or a benzoyloxy group;
Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, and a propoxycarbonyl group;
Groups represented by the following formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-8) (in the following formula, ● represents a bond);
N,N−ジメチルアミノ基、N,N−エチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ジエチルアミノ基、N,N−プロピルメチルアミノ基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルアミノ基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ブチルエチルアミノ基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ビス(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノ基等のN,N−ジアルキルアミノ基; N-methylamino group, N-ethylamino group, N-propylamino group, N-isopropylamino group, N-butylamino group, N-isobutylamino group, N-sec-butylamino group, N-tert-butylamino Group, N-pentylamino group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) ) Amino group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (2-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (3-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N-cyclopentylamino group, N-hexylamino group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1 -Butyl) amino group, N-he Tylamino group, N- (1-methyl-1-hexyl) amino group, N- (1,4-dimethyl-1-pentyl) amino group, N-octylamino group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) N-alkylamino groups such as amino group, N- (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) amino group, N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) amino group;
N, N-dimethylamino group, N, N-ethylmethylamino group, N, N-diethylamino group, N, N-propylmethylamino group, N, N-isopropylmethylamino group, N, N-tert-butylmethyl Amino group, N, N-butylethylamino group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) amino group, N, N-heptylmethylamino group, N, N-bis (2-ethyl-1- Hexyl) N, N-dialkylamino groups such as amino groups;
N,N−ジメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−エチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ジエチルアミノメチル基、N,N−プロピルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ブチルエチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ジ(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノメチル基等のN,N−ジアルキルアミノメチル基; N-methylaminomethyl group, N-ethylaminomethyl group, N-propylaminomethyl group, N-isopropylaminomethyl group, N-butylaminomethyl group, N-isobutylaminomethyl group, N-sec-butylaminomethyl group N-tert-butylaminomethyl group, N-pentylaminomethyl group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N -(1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (2-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (3-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N-cyclopentylaminomethyl group, N-hexylamino Til group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N-heptylaminomethyl group, N- (1-methyl) -1-hexyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1,4-dimethyl-1-pentyl) aminomethyl group, N-octylaminomethyl group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group, N- N-alkylaminomethyl groups such as (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group and N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group;
N, N-dimethylaminomethyl group, N, N-ethylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-diethylaminomethyl group, N, N-propylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-isopropylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N -Tert-butylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-butylethylaminomethyl group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N, N-heptylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N -N, N-dialkylaminomethyl group such as di (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group;
In formula (I), Z represents a group represented by the following formula (Z1) or a group represented by the following formula (Z2) (in the following formula, * represents a bond).
R2~R6としては、前記R7~R13と同様のものが挙げられる。R30も、R14と同様のものが挙げられる。 In formula (Z1), R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl. Represents a group, an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or A carbonyl group may be substituted, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or a formyl group. Or it may be replaced by an amino group. R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and M is hydrogen An atom or an alkali metal atom is represented, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
Examples of R 2 to R 6 include the same as R 7 to R 13 . R 30 may be the same as R 14 .
で表わされる基の具体例としては、下記式(PHK−1)~(PHK−31)で表される基が挙げられる。下記式中、●は結合手を表わす。
The following formula in formula (Z1)
Specific examples of the group represented by the formulas include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-31). In the following formula, ● represents a bond.
オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのオルト位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。メタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのメタ位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。オルト位とメタ位の両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのオルト位の少なくとも一方および2つのメタ位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。 In the formula (Z2), Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group, and pentyl group. , Isopentyl group, 3-pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, Examples thereof include a 5-methyl-1-hexyl group, a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions. The phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the meta position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of the two meta positions. A phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in both ortho and meta positions means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions and at least one of two meta positions. Means group.
Specific examples of Ar 1 include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-10) and formulas (PHK-13) to (PHK-29). In the following formula, ● represents a bond.
なお、下記表1~表5中、「L1」は式(L1)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「S」は硫黄原子を表わし、「Me」はメチル基を表わし、「Et」はエチル基を表わし、「Bu」はブチル基を表わし、「Hex」はヘキシル基を表わし、「EHx」は2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基を表わし、「Oct」はオクチル基を表わし、「GL1」は式(GL−1)で表される基を表わし、「GL2」は式(GL−2)で表される基を表わし、「GL3」は式(GL−3)で表される基を表わし、「GL5」は式(GL−5)で表される基を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わし、「SA」は−SO3Hを表わし、「CA」は−CO2Hを表わし、「PHK−1」~「PHK−16」はそれぞれ式(PHK−1)~式(PHK−16)で表される基を表わす。 As the compound (I), compounds represented by the formula (IA) shown in the following Tables 1 to 3 or alkali metal salts thereof, compounds represented by the formula (IB) shown in the following Tables 4 to 5 or alkalis thereof A metal salt, a compound represented by the formula (IAA) shown in the following Tables 6 to 19 or an alkali metal salt thereof, and a compound represented by the formula (IAB) shown in the following Tables 20 to 28 or an alkali metal salt thereof. Can be mentioned.
In Tables 1 to 5, “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1), “O” represents an oxygen atom, “S” represents a sulfur atom, and “Me” represents a methyl group. "Et" represents an ethyl group, "Bu" represents a butyl group, "Hex" represents a hexyl group, "EHx" represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, and "Oct" represents an octyl group. “GL1” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-1), “GL2” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-2), and “GL3” represents a formula (GL-3). in represents a group represented by the "GL5" represents a group represented by the formula (GL5), "H" represents a hydrogen atom, "SA" represents -SO 3 H, "CA" is —CO 2 H, and “PHK-1” to “PHK-16” are represented by the formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively. ) Represents a group represented by
なお、下記表29中、「L1」は式(L1)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「Me」はメチル基を表わし、「Et」はエチル基を表わし、「Bu」はブチル基を表わし、「Hex」はヘキシル基を表わし、「EHx」は2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基を表わし、「Oct」はオクチル基を表わし、「GL1」は式(GL−1)で表される基を表わし、「GL2」は式(GL−2)で表される基を表わし、「GL3」は式(GL−3)で表される基を表わし、「GL5」は式(GL−5)で表される基を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わす。 Examples of the compound (I) include compounds represented by the formula (IA ′) shown in the following Table 29 or alkali metal salts thereof.
In Table 29 below, “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1), “O” represents an oxygen atom, “Me” represents a methyl group, “Et” represents an ethyl group, “Bu” represents a butyl group, “Hex” represents a hexyl group, “EHx” represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, “Oct” represents an octyl group, and “GL1” represents the formula (GL— 1) represents a group represented by formula (GL-2), “GL3” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3), and “GL5” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3). The group represented by the formula (GL-5) is represented, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
For example, compound (I-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-2).
For example, compound (IA-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IA-1).
For example, compound (IB-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IB-1).
化合物(I−1)、化合物(I−2)、化合物(I−5)、化合物(I−6)、化合物(I−13)、化合物(I−14)、化合物(I−17)、化合物(I−18)、化合物(I−21)、化合物(I−22)、化合物(I−25)、化合物(I−26)、化合物(I−45)、化合物(I−46)、化合物(I−49)、化合物(I−50)、化合物(I−65)、化合物(I−66)、化合物(I−69)、化合物(I−70)、化合物(I−73)、化合物(I−74)、化合物(I−77)、化合物(I−78)および化合物(I−81)~化合物(I−92)、化合物(I−141)、化合物(I−144)、化合物(I−145)~化合物(I−148)、化合物(I−151)~化合物(I−158)、化合物(I−161)~化合物(I−166)、化合物(I−4)、化合物(I−8)、化合物(I−16)、化合物(I−20)、化合物(I−24)、化合物(I−28)および化合物(I−142)がより好ましく、
化合物(I−1)、化合物(I−2)、化合物(I−5)、化合物(I−6)、化合物(I−21)、化合物(I−22)、化合物(I−25)、化合物(I−26)、化合物(I−65)、化合物(I−66)、化合物(I−73)、化合物(I−74)、化合物(I−81)、化合物(I−82)、化合物(I−141)、化合物(I−144)、化合物(I−145)~化合物(I−148)、化合物(I−153)~化合物(I−158)、化合物(I−4)、化合物(I−8)、化合物(I−24)、化合物(I−28)および化合物(I−142)がさらに好ましく、
化合物(I−1)および化合物(I−2)が特に好ましい。 Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the solubility of the compound (I) in the solvent and the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition From the viewpoint, compound (I-1), compound (I-2), compound (I-5), compound (I-6), compound (I-9), compound (I-10), compound (I-13) ), Compound (I-14), Compound (I-17), Compound (I-18), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26) , Compound (I-29), Compound (I-30), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-67), Compound (I-68), Compound (I-69), Compound (I-70), Compound (I-71), Compound (I-72), Compound (I-73), Compound ( I-74), Compound (I-75), Compound (I-76), Compound (I-77), Compound (I-78), Compound (I-79), Compound (I-80), Compound (I -81) to Compound (I-100), Compound (I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I-145) to Compound (I-166), Compound (I-4), Compound (I- 8), Compound (I-12), Compound (I-16), Compound (I-20), Compound (I-24), Compound (I-28), Compound (I-32) and Compound (I-142) Is preferred,
Compound (I-1), Compound (I-2), Compound (I-5), Compound (I-6), Compound (I-13), Compound (I-14), Compound (I-17), Compound (I-18), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26), Compound (I-45), Compound (I-46), Compound ( I-49), Compound (I-50), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-69), Compound (I-70), Compound (I-73), Compound (I -74), Compound (I-77), Compound (I-78) and Compound (I-81) to Compound (I-92), Compound (I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I- 145) to Compound (I-148), Compound (I-151) to Compound (I-158), Compound (I-161) Compound (I-166), Compound (I-4), Compound (I-8), Compound (I-16), Compound (I-20), Compound (I-24), Compound (I-28) and Compound (I-142) is more preferable,
Compound (I-1), Compound (I-2), Compound (I-5), Compound (I-6), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-73), Compound (I-74), Compound (I-81), Compound (I-82), Compound ( I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I-145) to Compound (I-148), Compound (I-153) to Compound (I-158), Compound (I-4), Compound (I -8), compound (I-24), compound (I-28) and compound (I-142) are more preferred,
Compound (I-1) and compound (I-2) are particularly preferred.
化合物(IA−9)、化合物(IA−10)、化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−25)、化合物(IA−26)、化合物(IA−29)、化合物(IA−30)、化合物(IA−41)、化合物(IA−42)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)、化合物(IA−50)、化合物(IA−57)、化合物(IA−58)、化合物(IA−61)、化合物(IA−62)、化合物(IA−73)、化合物(IA−74)、化合物(IA−77)、化合物(IA−78)、化合物(IA−81)、化合物(IA−82)、化合物(IA−89)、化合物(IA−90)、化合物(IA−93)、化合物(IA−94)、化合物(IA−105)、化合物(IA−106)、化合物(IA−109)、化合物(IA−110)、化合物(IA−113)、化合物(IA−114)、化合物(IA−121)、化合物(IA−122)、化合物(IA−125)、化合物(IA−126)、化合物(IA−257)、化合物(IA−259)、化合物(IA−261)、化合物(IA−262)、化合物(IA−264)、化合物(IA−266)、化合物(IA−267)、化合物(IA−269)、化合物(IA−271)、化合物(IA−272)、化合物(IA−274)、化合物(IA−276)、化合物(IA−277)、化合物(IA−279)、化合物(IA−281)、化合物(IA−282)、化合物(IA−284)、化合物(IA−286)、化合物(IA−287)、化合物(IA−289)、化合物(IA−291)、化合物(IA−292)、化合物(IA−294)、化合物(IA−296)、化合物(IA−301)、化合物(IA−302)、化合物(IA−305)、化合物(IA−306)、化合物(IA−309)、化合物(IA−310)、化合物(IA−313)、化合物(IA−314)および化合物(IA−333)~化合物(IA−404)がより好ましく、
化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)、化合物(IA−50)、化合物(IA−77)、化合物(IA−78)、化合物(IA−81)、化合物(IA−82)、化合物(IA−109)、化合物(IA−110)、化合物(IA−113)、化合物(IA−114)、化合物(IA−257)、化合物(IA−259)、化合物(IA−261)、化合物(IA−262)、化合物(IA−264)、化合物(IA−266)、化合物(IA−277)、化合物(IA−279)、化合物(IA−281)、化合物(IA−282)、化合物(IA−284)、化合物(IA−286)および化合物(IA−301)~化合物(IA−330)および化合物(IA−333)~化合物(IA−404)がさらに好ましく、
化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)および化合物(IA−50)が特に好ましい。 Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent and From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, Compound (IA-1), Compound (IA-2), Compound (IA-5), Compound (IA-6), Compound (IA-) 9), Compound (IA-10), Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-21), Compound (IA-22) ), Compound (IA-25), Compound (IA-26), Compound (IA-29), Compound (IA-30), Compound (IA-33), Compound (IA-34), Compound (IA-37) , Compound (IA-38), Compound (IA-41) , Compound (IA-42), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-53), Compound (IA-54), Compound (IA-57), Compound (IA-58), Compound (IA-61), Compound (IA-62), Compound (IA-65), Compound (IA-66), Compound (IA-69), Compound (IA-70), Compound (IA-73), Compound (IA-74), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound ( IA-85), Compound (IA-86), Compound (IA-89), Compound (IA-90), Compound (IA-93), Compound (IA-94), Compound (IA-97), Compound (IA) -98), compound (IA-101), Compound (IA-102), Compound (IA-105), Compound (IA-106), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound (IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-117), Compound (IA-118), Compound (IA-121), Compound (IA-122), Compound (IA-125), Compound (IA-126), Compound (IA-257), Compound ( IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA-264), Compound (IA-266), Compound (IA-267), Compound (IA-269), Compound (IA) -271), Compound (IA-272), Compound (IA-274), Compound (IA-276), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281) , Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286), Compound (IA-287), Compound (IA-289), Compound (IA-291), Compound (IA-292), Compound (IA-294), Compound (IA-296), Compound (IA-301), Compound (IA-302), Compound (IA-305), Compound (IA-306), Compound (IA-309), Compound (IA-310), compound (IA-313), compound (IA-314) and compound (IA-333) to compound (IA-404) are preferred,
Compound (IA-9), Compound (IA-10), Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-25), Compound (IA-26), Compound (IA-29), Compound (IA-30), Compound (IA-41), Compound (IA-42), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound ( IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-57), Compound (IA-58), Compound (IA-61), Compound (IA-62), Compound (IA-73), Compound (IA) -74), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound (IA-89), Compound (IA-90), Compound (IA- 93), compound (IA-94), compound ( A-105), Compound (IA-106), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound (IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-121), Compound (IA) -122), Compound (IA-125), Compound (IA-126), Compound (IA-257), Compound (IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA- H.264), Compound (IA-266), Compound (IA-267), Compound (IA-269), Compound (IA-271), Compound (IA-272), Compound (IA-274), Compound (IA-276) ), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281), Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286), Compound (IA-287), Compound (IA-289), Compound (IA-291), Compound (IA-292), Compound (IA-294), Compound (IA-296), Compound (IA-301), Compound (IA-302), Compound (IA-305), Compound (IA-306), Compound (IA-309), Compound (IA-310), Compound (IA-313), Compound (IA-314) and Compound ( IA-333) to Compound (IA-404) are more preferable,
Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound ( IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-257), Compound (IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA-264), Compound (IA) -266), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281), Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286) and Compound (IA- 01) - Compound (IA-330) and compound (IA-333) - Compound (IA-404) are more preferred,
Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49) and Compound (IA-50) is particularly preferred.
化合物(IB−1)、化合物(IB−2)、化合物(IB−31)および化合物(IB−32)がさらに好ましい。 Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2), the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent and From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, the compound (IB-1), the compound (IB-2), the compound (IB-3), the compound (IB-4), and the compound (IB- 5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB-10), Compound (IB-11), Compound (IB-12) ), Compound (IB-13), Compound (IB-14), Compound (IB-15), Compound (IB-16), Compound (IB-17), Compound (IB-18), Compound (IB-19) , Compound (IB-20), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33), Compound (IB-34), Compound (IB-35), Compound (IB-36), Compound (IB-37), Compound (IB-38), Compound ( IB-39), Compound (IB-40), Compound (IB-41), Compound (IB-42), Compound (IB-43), Compound (IB-44), Compound (IB-45), Compound (IB) -46), compound (IB-47), compound (IB-48), compound (IB-49) and compound (IB-50) are preferred, compound (IB-1), compound (IB-2), compound ( IB-3), Compound (IB-4), Compound (IB-5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB) -10), compound (IB-11), compound (IB-1) ), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33), Compound (IB-34), Compound (IB-35), Compound (IB-36), Compound (IB-37) , Compound (IB-38), Compound (IB-39), Compound (IB-40), Compound (IB-41) and Compound (IB-42) are more preferable,
More preferred are compound (IB-1), compound (IB-2), compound (IB-31) and compound (IB-32).
(式(Ia−1)中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、XおよびR7~R13は上記と同一の意味を表わし、Zaは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。)
(式(Ia−2)中、La、XおよびR7~R13は上記と同一の意味を表わしZbは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。) Compound (I) wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and Z is a group represented by formula (Z1) or a group represented by formula (Z2) That is, a compound represented by the following formula (Ia-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (Ia-1)) and a compound represented by the following formula (Ia-2) (hereinafter referred to as compound (Ia-1)) -2) is a novel compound, has high thermal stability, and is suitable as a colorant component of a colored curable resin composition.
(In the formula (Ia-1), L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X and R 7 ~ R 13 are the same meaning as described above Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).)
(In formula (Ia-2), L a , X and R 7 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and Z b represents a group represented by formula (Z2).)
化合物(Ia−2)の中でも、Ar1が、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である化合物(Ia−2)が好ましく、Ar1が、オルト位にメチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位にメチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基を有するフェニル基である化合物(Ia−2)がより好ましい。 Among the compounds (Ia-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is preferably a compound (Ia-1) which may be replaced with an oxygen atom. Compound (Ia-1) in which R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred.
Among the compounds (Ia-2), Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. A certain compound (Ia-2) is preferable, and Ar 1 is a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position, or a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position and the meta position. The compound (Ia-2) which is is more preferable.
(式中、L、La、X、Z、R7~R9およびR11~R13は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。) Compound (I) is a compound represented by formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (II)) and a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter referred to as compound (III)). May be produced by reacting in the presence of a base. The compound (II) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, that is, the compound represented by the following formula (IIa) and the compound (III) are both novel. A compound.
(In the formula, L, L a , X, Z, R 7 to R 9 and R 11 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represent 1 to Represents 20 alkyl groups.)
化合物(III)の使用量は、化合物(II)1モルに対して、通常2モル~10モルであり、好ましくは2モル~4モルである。 Examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine and piperidine, and the amount used is usually 0.1 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of compound (II).
The amount of compound (III) to be used is generally 2 to 10 mol, preferably 2 to 4 mol, per 1 mol of compound (II).
反応温度は、通常0℃~200℃であり、0℃~150℃が好ましい。反応時間は、通常0.5時間~36時間である。
反応終了後、例えば、化合物(I)が溶解し難い溶媒と得られた反応混合物とを混合し、濾過することにより、化合物(I)を取り出すことができる。 The reaction between compound (II) and compound (III) is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, Alcohol solvents such as 1-octanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, ketone solvents such as acetone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, etc. And amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformaldehyde and N-methylpyrrolidone, nitrile solvents, alcohol solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferable, and acetonitrile, methanol and toluene are more preferable. . The amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (II).
The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 150 ° C. The reaction time is usually 0.5 hours to 36 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the compound (I) can be taken out by mixing a solvent in which the compound (I) is difficult to dissolve with the obtained reaction mixture and filtering.
(式中、ZおよびR7~R9は、上記と同一の意味を表わす。) Compound (III) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IV)) with a formylating agent.
(In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above.)
化合物(IV)とホルミル化剤との反応は、通常溶媒の存在下に実施され、溶媒としては、N,N−ジメチルホルムアミドが挙げられる。その使用量は、化合物(IV)1質量部に対して、通常1質量部~10質量部である。
反応温度は、通常0℃~100℃であり、反応時間は、通常0.5時間~24時間である。
反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物を中和した後、酢酸エチル等の水に不溶の有機溶媒で抽出し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(III)を取り出すことができる。 An example of the formylating agent is phosphoryl chloride. The amount used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (IV).
The reaction of compound (IV) with a formylating agent is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent, and examples of the solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide. The amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (IV).
The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and the reaction time is usually from 0.5 hours to 24 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is neutralized, extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract compound (III).
(式中、ZおよびR7~R9は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、R17は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わす。) Compound (IV) is produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (V) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (V)) with boron tribromide, followed by hydrolysis. Can do.
(In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 17 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
化合物(V)と三臭化ホウ素との反応は、通常溶媒中で実施され、溶媒としては、ジクロロメタン等のハロゲン化炭化水素溶媒が挙げられる。溶媒の使用量は、化合物(V)1質量部に対して、通常1~50質量部である。
反応温度は、通常−78℃~50℃であり、反応時間は、通常1~24時間である。
反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物と水とを混合した後、分液し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(IV)を取り出すことができる。 The amount of boron tribromide to be used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (V).
The reaction of compound (V) with boron tribromide is usually carried out in a solvent, and examples of the solvent include halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane. The amount of the solvent to be used is generally 1-50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (V).
The reaction temperature is usually −78 ° C. to 50 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture and water are mixed and then separated, and the resulting organic layer can be concentrated to take out the compound (IV).
(式中、R1~R9およびR17は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、X2およびX3はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、メタンスルホニルオキシ基、トルエンスルホニルオキシ基またはトリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ基を表わす。) The compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VIII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VIII)) and a compound represented by the formula (IX). (Hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IX)) can also be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
(Wherein R 1 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Represents a group.)
(式中、Ar1、R7~R9およびR17は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、X3は、ハロゲン原子、メタンスルホニルオキシ基、トルエンスルホニルオキシ基またはトリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ基を表わす。) The compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z2) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (XV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (XV)) and a compound represented by the formula (XVI). (Hereinafter, it may be described as the compound (XVI)).
(In the formula, Ar 1 , R 7 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 3 represents a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group. )
(式中、R11~R13、R15、R16、LおよびXは上記と同一の意味を表わし、R20は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わす。) Compound (II) is a compound represented by formula (X) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (X)) and a compound represented by formula (XI) (hereinafter referred to as compound (XI)). And a compound represented by formula (XII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (XII)) in a solvent.
(Wherein R 11 to R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , L and X represent the same meaning as described above, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
溶媒としては、メタノール等のアルコール溶媒が挙げられ、その使用量は、化合物(X)1質量部に対して、通常1~100質量部である。
反応温度は、通常−20℃~100℃であり、反応時間は、通常1~72時間である。 The amount of compound (XI) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X). The amount of compound (XII) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X). Compound (XI) and compound (XII) are preferably the same compound, and the amount used is usually 2 to 5 mol, preferably 2 to 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
Examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, and the amount used is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (X).
The reaction temperature is usually −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 72 hours.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、着色剤を含み、該着色剤は化合物(I)を含む。着色剤(以下、「着色剤(A)」ということがある。)は、化合物(I)を有効成分として含有する。着色剤(A)は、化合物(I)のみからなってもよいし、化合物(I)以外の染料や顔料を含んでもよい。着色剤(A)は、化合物(I)に加えて、顔料を含むことが好ましい。着色剤(A)中の化合物(I)の含有割合は、通常1~100質量%であり、3~100質量%であることが好ましく、3~70質量%であることがより好ましく、3~60質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 <Colorant>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant, and the colorant contains compound (I). The colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “colorant (A)”) contains compound (I) as an active ingredient. The colorant (A) may be composed only of the compound (I) or may contain a dye or pigment other than the compound (I). The colorant (A) preferably contains a pigment in addition to the compound (I). The content ratio of the compound (I) in the colorant (A) is usually 1 to 100% by mass, preferably 3 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 70% by mass. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
C.I.ソルベントイエロー25,79,81,82、83,89;
C.I.アシッドイエロー7,23,25,42,65,76;
C.I.リアクティブイエロー2,76,116;
C.I.ダイレクトイエロー4,28,44,86,132;
C.I.ディスパースイエロー54,76;
C.I.ソルベントオレンジ41,54,56,99;
C.I.アシッドオレンジ56,74,95,108,149,162;
C.I.リアクティブオレンジ16;
C.I.ダイレクトオレンジ26;
C.I.ソルベントレッド24,49,90,91,118,119,122,124,125,127,130,132,160,218;
C.I.アシッドレッド73,91,92,97,138,151,211,274,289;
C.I.アシッドバイオレット102;
C.I.ソルベントグリーン1,5;
C.I.アシッドグリーン3,5,9,25,28;
C.I.ベーシックグリーン1;
C.I.バットグリーン1等。 As dyes other than Compound (I), Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), Solvent, Acid, Basic, Reactive, Direct ( Examples include compounds classified as Direct, Disperse, or Vat. Specific examples include dyes having the following color index (CI) numbers.
C. I. Solvent Yellow 25, 79, 81, 82, 83, 89;
C. I. Acid Yellow 7, 23, 25, 42, 65, 76;
C. I. Reactive Yellow 2, 76, 116;
C. I. Direct yellow 4, 28, 44, 86, 132;
C. I. Disperse Yellow 54,76;
C. I. Solvent orange 41, 54, 56, 99;
C. I. Acid Orange 56, 74, 95, 108, 149, 162;
C. I. Reactive Orange 16;
C. I. Direct orange 26;
C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 160, 218;
C. I. Acid Red 73, 91, 92, 97, 138, 151, 211, 274, 289;
C. I. Acid Violet 102;
C. I. Solvent Green 1,5;
C. I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 28;
C. I. Basic Green 1;
C. I. Bat Green 1 etc.
具体的には、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、83、86、93、94、109、110、117、125、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、153、154、166、173、194、214等の黄色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントオレンジ13、31、36、38、40、42、43、51、55、59、61、64、65、71、73等のオレンジ色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントレッド9、97、105、122、123、144、149、166、168、176、177、180、192、209、215、216、224、242、254、255、264、265等の赤色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60等の青色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38等のバイオレット色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58等の緑色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25等のブラウン色顔料;および
C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7等の黒色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of the pigment include known pigments, for example, pigments classified as pigments by Color Index (published by The Society of Dyer's and Colorists).
Specifically, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 83, 86, 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128, 129, 137, 138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214;
C. I. Orange pigments such as CI Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73;
C. I. Red pigments such as CI Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265;
C. I. Blue pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60;
C. I. Violet color pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Green pigments such as CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 58;
C. I. A brown pigment such as CI Pigment Brown 23 and 25; and C.I. I. And black pigments such as CI Pigment Black 1 and 7.
顔料分散剤としては、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、ポリエステル系、ポリアミン系、アクリル系等の顔料分散剤が挙げられる。これらの顔料分散剤は、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。顔料分散剤としては、商品名で示すと、KP(信越化学工業(株)製)、フローレン(共栄社化学(株)製)、ソルスパース(ゼネカ(株)製)、EFKA(CIBA社製)、アジスパー(味の素ファインテクノ(株)製)、Disperbyk(ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。顔料分散剤を用いる場合、その使用量は、顔料100質量部に対して、好ましくは100質量部以下であり、より好ましくは5質量部以上50質量部以下である。顔料分散剤の使用量が前記の範囲にあると、より均一な分散状態の顔料分散液が得られる傾向がある。 If necessary, the pigment is atomized by rosin treatment, surface treatment using a pigment derivative having an acidic group or basic group introduced, graft treatment on the pigment surface with a polymer compound, etc., sulfuric acid atomization method, etc. A treatment, a cleaning treatment with an organic solvent or water for removing impurities, a removal treatment by an ion exchange method of ionic impurities, or the like may be performed. The particle diameter of the pigment is preferably substantially uniform. The pigment can be made into a pigment dispersion in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the pigment dispersant solution by carrying out a dispersion treatment by containing a pigment dispersant. The pigments may be subjected to a dispersion treatment alone, or a plurality of types may be mixed and dispersed.
Examples of the pigment dispersant include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, polyester, polyamine, and acrylic pigment dispersants. These pigment dispersants may be used in combination of two or more. As the pigment dispersant, KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Florene (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solsperse (manufactured by Geneca Corporation), EFKA (manufactured by CIBA), Ajisper (Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (Bic Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like. When the pigment dispersant is used, the amount used is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. When the amount of the pigment dispersant used is in the above range, there is a tendency that a pigment dispersion with a more uniform dispersion state is obtained.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、前記の着色剤(A)に加えて、樹脂(以下、「樹脂(B)」ということがある。)、重合性化合物(以下、「重合性化合物(C)」ということがある。)、重合開始剤(以下、「重合開始剤(D)」ということがある。)および溶剤(以下、「溶剤(E)」ということがある。)を含む。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、これら成分に加えて、レベリング剤を含んでもよい。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、これら成分に加えて、重合開始助剤を含んでもよい。 <Colored curable resin composition>
In addition to the colorant (A), the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (B)”), a polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable compound ( C) ”, a polymerization initiator (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ polymerization initiator (D) ”) and a solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ solvent (E) ”). The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a leveling agent in addition to these components. The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiation assistant in addition to these components.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(B)は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、不飽和カルボン酸および不飽和カルボン酸無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種に由来する構造単位を有する付加重合体がより好ましい。このような樹脂としては、下記樹脂[K1]~[K6]が挙げられる。
樹脂[K1]:不飽和カルボン酸および不飽和カルボン酸無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種(a)(以下「(a)」ということがある)と、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(b)(以下「(b)」ということがある)との共重合体
樹脂[K2]:(a)と、(b)と、(a)と共重合可能な単量体(c)(ただし、(a)および(b)とは異なる。)(以下「(c)」ということがある)との共重合体
樹脂[K3]:(a)と(c)との共重合体
樹脂[K4]:(a)と(c)との共重合体に(b)を反応させることにより得られる樹脂
樹脂[K5]:(b)と(c)との共重合体に(a)を反応させることにより得られる樹脂
樹脂[K6]:(b)と(c)との共重合体に(a)を反応させ、さらにカルボン酸無水物を反応させることにより得られる樹脂。 <Resin (B)>
The resin (B) contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably an alkali-soluble resin and has a structure derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides. More preferred are addition polymers having units. Examples of such a resin include the following resins [K1] to [K6].
Resin [K1]: at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(a)”), and a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms And a monomer (b) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b)”) Resin [K2]: (a), (b), (a) A copolymer with a monomer (c) copolymerizable with (but different from (a) and (b)) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(c)”) Resin [K3]: (a ) And (c) Copolymer Resin [K4]: Resin obtained by reacting (b) with copolymer of (a) and (c) Resin [K5]: (b) and (c Resin [K6]: a resin obtained by reacting a copolymer with (a) with a copolymer with (a) It reacted, resin obtained by further reacting a carboxylic acid anhydride.
マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸、イタコン酸、3−ビニルフタル酸、4−ビニルフタル酸、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、1、4−シクロヘキセンジカルボン酸等の不飽和ジカルボン酸;
メチル−5−ノルボルネン−2,3−ジカルボン酸、5−カルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−6−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−6−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン等のカルボキシ基を含有するビシクロ不飽和化合物;
無水マレイン酸、シトラコン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、3−ビニルフタル酸無水物、4−ビニルフタル酸無水物、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン無水物等の不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物;
こはく酸モノ〔2−(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕、フタル酸モノ〔2−(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕等の2価以上の多価カルボン酸の不飽和モノ〔(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキル〕エステル;
α−(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸等の同一分子中にヒドロキシ基およびカルボキシ基を含有する不飽和アクリレートが挙げられる。
なかでも、共重合反応性や得られる樹脂のアルカリ水溶液への溶解性の観点から、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸および無水マレイン酸が好ましい。 As (a), unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid;
Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid;
Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] bicyclounsaturated compounds containing a carboxy group such as hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene;
Maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1,2,3,6- Unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides such as tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride;
Unsaturated mono [(meth) acryloyloxyalkyl] esters of polyvalent carboxylic acids such as succinic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] and phthalic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] ;
Examples thereof include unsaturated acrylates containing a hydroxy group and a carboxy group in the same molecule such as α- (hydroxymethyl) acrylic acid.
Of these, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and solubility of the resulting resin in an aqueous alkali solution.
(b1−1)としては、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β−メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β−エチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジルビニルエーテル、o−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、m−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−o−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−m−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−p−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、2,3−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,4−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,5−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,6−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,4−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,5−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,6−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、3,4,5−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレンおよび2,4,6−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレンが挙げられる。
(b1−2)としては、ビニルシクロヘキセンモノオキサイド、1,2−エポキシ−4−ビニルシクロヘキサン、3,4−エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4−エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
(式中、RaおよびRbはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基に含まれる水素原子は、ヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよい。XaおよびXbはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、−Rc−、*−Rc−O−、*−Rc−S−または*−Rc−NH−を表わす。Rcは、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基を表わす。*は、Oとの結合手を表わす。) (B1) may be a monomer (b1-1) having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter referred to as “(b1-1)”) ) And a monomer (b1-2) having a structure in which an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1-2)”).
As (b1-1), glycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p -Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,4-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,5-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,6-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,4-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,3,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,6-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 3,4,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene and 2,4,6- An example is tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene.
(B1-2) includes vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, formula ( Examples thereof include a compound represented by 1) and a compound represented by formula (2).
(Wherein, R a and R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxy group. X a and X b are each independently a single bond, -R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R represents the c -NH- .R c is the number of carbon atoms Represents an alkanediyl group of 1 to 6. * represents a bond to O.)
RaおよびRbはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、1−ヒドロキシエチル基または2−ヒドロキシエチル基であることが好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基であることがより好ましい。
炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン−1,2−ジイル基、プロパン−1,3−ジイル基、ブタン−1,4−ジイル基、ペンタン−1,5−ジイル基およびヘキサン−1,6−ジイル基が挙げられる。
XaおよびXbはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、メチレン基、エチレン基、*−CH2−O−または*−CH2CH2−O−であることが好ましく、単結合または*−CH2CH2−O−であることがより好ましい。なお、前記式中、*はOとの結合手を表わす。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group. Examples of the alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, a 2-hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, 1- Examples include a hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, and a 4-hydroxybutyl group.
R a and R b are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group or a 2-hydroxyethyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5. -Diyl group and hexane-1,6-diyl group are mentioned.
X a and X b are each independently a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, * —CH 2 —O— or * —CH 2 CH 2 —O—, preferably a single bond or * —CH 2. More preferably, it is CH 2 —O—. In the above formula, * represents a bond with O.
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include compounds represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-15), among which the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-3) And compounds represented by formula (1-5), formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-11) to formula (1-15) are preferred, and formula (1-1), The compounds represented by formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-15) are more preferred.
2−ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2−ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチル、イタコン酸ジエチル等のジカルボン酸ジエステル;
ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシメチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−(2’−ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−メトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−エトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジ(ヒドロキシメチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジ(2’−ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジメトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジエトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシ−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシ−5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシメチル−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−tert−ブトキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−フェノキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ビス(tert−ブトキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ビス(シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン等のビシクロ不飽和化合物;
N−フェニルマレイミド、N−シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N−ベンジルマレイミド、N−スクシンイミジル−3−マレイミドベンゾエート、N−スクシンイミジル−4−マレイミドブチレート、N−スクシンイミジル−6−マレイミドカプロエート、N−スクシンイミジル−3−マレイミドプロピオネート、N−(9−アクリジニル)マレイミド等のジカルボニルイミド化合物;
スチレン、α−メチルスチレン、m−メチルスチレン、p−メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、p−メトキシスチレン、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、酢酸ビニル、1,3−ブタジエン、イソプレンおよび2,3−ジメチル−1,3−ブタジエンが挙げられる。 As (c), methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, Dodecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2, 6 ] Decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate (in the art, it is referred to as “dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate” as a common name. It may also be referred to as “tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate”) .), Torisiku [5.2.1.0 2, 6] (in the art, it is said that "dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate" as trivial name.) Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl Such as oxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, etc. (Meth) acrylic acid ester;
Hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate;
Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconate;
Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- Hydroxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo [2.2 .1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (hydroxymethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2. 1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dimethoxybicyclo [2.2 1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5 -Hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethyl-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-tert-butoxycarbonylbicyclo [ 2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-cyclohexyloxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5 , 6-bis (tert-butoxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis (cyclohexyloxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, etc. Bicyclo unsaturated compounds;
N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidobutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimidocaproate, N-succinimidyl-3 -Dicarbonylimide compounds such as maleimide propionate, N- (9-acridinyl) maleimide;
Styrene, α-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, p-methoxystyrene, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, acrylamide, methacrylamide, vinyl acetate, 1,3-butadiene , Isoprene and 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene.
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~60モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:40~98モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:10~50モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:50~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。
樹脂[K1]の構造単位の比率が、上記の範囲にあると、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、着色パターンを形成する際の現像性、および得られるカラーフィルタの耐溶剤性がより優れる傾向にある。 In the resin [K1], the ratio of the structural unit derived from each is the total structural unit constituting the resin [K1]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 40 to 98 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 50 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K1] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the obtained color filter are more improved. It tends to be excellent.
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~45モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:2~95モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:1~65モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:5~40モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:5~80モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:5~60モル%
であることがより好ましい。
樹脂[K2]の構造単位の比率が、上記の範囲にあると、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、着色パターンを形成する際の現像性、並びに、得られるカラーフィルタの耐溶剤性、耐熱性および機械強度がより優れる傾向にある。
樹脂[K2]は、例えば、樹脂[K1]の製造方法として記載した方法と同様に製造することができる。 In the resin [K2], the ratio of the structural units derived from each of the structural units in the resin [K2]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 45 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 2 to 95 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 1 to 65 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 5 to 40 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 5 to 80 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 5 to 60 mol%
It is more preferable that
When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K2] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the resulting color filter, Heat resistance and mechanical strength tend to be more excellent.
Resin [K2] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as the method described as the production method of resin [K1].
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~60モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:40~98モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:10~50モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:50~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。
樹脂[K3]は、例えば、樹脂[K1]の製造方法として記載した方法と同様に製造することができる。 In the resin [K3], the proportion of structural units derived from each of the structural units constituting the resin [K3]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 40 to 98 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 50 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
Resin [K3] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as described for the production method of resin [K1].
(b)に由来する構造単位:5~95モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:5~95モル%
であることが好ましく、
(b)に由来する構造単位:10~90モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:10~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。 Resin [K5] obtains a copolymer of (b) and (c) as a first step in the same manner as in the method for producing resin [K1] described above. Similarly to the above, the obtained copolymer may be used as it is after the reaction, or may be a concentrated or diluted solution, or may be solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. You may use what was taken out as. The ratio of the structural units derived from (b) and (c) is the total number of moles of all structural units constituting the copolymer, respectively.
Structural unit derived from (b): 5 to 95 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 5 to 95 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (b): 10 to 90 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 10 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
カルボン酸無水物としては、無水マレイン酸、シトラコン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、3−ビニルフタル酸無水物、4−ビニルフタル酸無水物、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物および5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン無水物が挙げられる。カルボン酸無水物の使用量は、(a)の使用量1モルに対して、0.5~1モルが好ましい。 Resin [K6] is a resin obtained by further reacting carboxylic anhydride with resin [K5]. Carboxylic anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by reaction of a cyclic ether moiety with carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride.
Carboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1 2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride. The amount of carboxylic acid anhydride used is preferably 0.5 to 1 mole per mole of (a) used.
樹脂(B)の分子量分布[重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn)]は、好ましくは1.1~6であり、より好ましくは1.2~4である。 The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is usually 3,000 to 100,000, preferably 5,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 35,000, Preferably it is 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 6,000 to 30,000. When the molecular weight is in the above range, the coating film hardness is improved, the residual film ratio is high, the solubility of the unexposed area in the developer is good, and the resolution of the colored pattern tends to be improved.
The molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)] of the resin (B) is preferably 1.1 to 6, and more preferably 1.2 to 4.
重合性化合物(C)は、重合開始剤から発生した活性ラジカルおよび/または酸によって重合しうる化合物であり、例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル構造を有する化合物が好ましい。重合性化合物(C)は、エチレン性不飽和結合を3つ以上有する重合性化合物であることが好ましい。 <Polymerizable compound (C)>
The polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by an active radical and / or an acid generated from a polymerization initiator, and examples thereof include a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylic acid ester Compounds having a structure are preferred. The polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
これらのなかでも、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートおよびジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 Examples of the polymerizable compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond include nonylphenyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, (A), (a) and (c). Examples of the polymerizable compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds include 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and triethylene glycol di (meta). ) Acrylate, bis (acryloyloxyethyl) ether of bisphenol A and 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate. Examples of the polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nona (meth) acrylate, tris (2- ( (Meth) acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethylene glycol modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol modified di Intererythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate and caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) An acrylate is mentioned.
Among these, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
重合開始剤(D)は、光や熱の作用により活性ラジカル、酸等を発生し、重合を開始しうる化合物であれば特に限定されることなく、公知の重合開始剤を用いることができる。
重合開始剤(D)としては、アルキルフェノン化合物、トリアジン化合物、アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物、O−アシルオキシム化合物およびビイミダゾール化合物が挙げられる。 <Polymerization initiator (D)>
The polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an active radical, an acid or the like by the action of light or heat and initiating polymerization, and a known polymerization initiator can be used.
Examples of the polymerization initiator (D) include alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds, and biimidazole compounds.
The O-acyl oxime compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d1). Hereinafter, * represents a bond.
The alkylphenone compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2) or a structure represented by the formula (d3). In addition, the benzene ring in these structures may have a substituent.
(式中、R51~R56は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10のアリール基を表わす。) Examples of the biimidazole compound include a compound represented by the formula (d5).
(In the formula, R 51 to R 56 represent an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.)
Examples of the biimidazole compound include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2′-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4. ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (see, for example, JPH06-75372-A, JPH06-75373-A, etc.), 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5 '-Tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetra (alkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4 , 4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (dialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (trialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole (for example, , JPS 48-38403-B, JPS 62-174204-A, etc.) and imidazole compounds in which the phenyl group at the 4,4′5,5′-position is substituted with a carboalkoxy group (for example, JPH07-10913-A) Reference). Of these, compounds represented by the following formula and mixtures thereof are preferred.
重合開始助剤は、重合開始剤(D)によって重合が開始された重合性化合物(C)の重合を促進するために用いられる化合物または増感剤である。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物が重合開始助剤を含む場合、通常、重合開始剤(D)と組み合わせて用いられる。
重合開始助剤としては、アミン系重合開始助剤、アルコキシアントラセン系重合開始助剤、チオキサントン系重合開始助剤およびカルボン酸系重合開始助剤が挙げられる。 <Polymerization initiation aid>
The polymerization initiation assistant is a compound or a sensitizer used for accelerating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) whose polymerization has been initiated by the polymerization initiator (D). When the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiation assistant, it is usually used in combination with a polymerization initiator (D).
Examples of the polymerization initiation assistant include amine polymerization initiation assistants, alkoxyanthracene polymerization initiation assistants, thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistants, and carboxylic acid polymerization initiation assistants.
溶剤(E)は、限定されず、当該分野で通常使用される溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、エステル溶剤(分子内に−COO−を含み、−O−を含まない溶剤)、エーテル溶剤(分子内に−O−を含み、−COO−を含まない溶剤)、エーテルエステル溶剤(分子内に−COO−と−O−とを含む溶剤)、ケトン溶剤(分子内に−CO−を含み、−COO−を含まない溶剤)、アルコール溶剤(分子内にOHを含み、−O−、−CO−および−COO−を含まない溶剤)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤、アミド溶剤およびジメチルスルホキシドが挙げられる。 <Solvent (E)>
A solvent (E) is not limited, The solvent normally used in the said field | area can be used. Specifically, an ester solvent (a solvent containing —COO— in the molecule and not containing —O—), an ether solvent (a solvent containing —O— in the molecule and not containing —COO—), an ether ester solvent (Solvent containing -COO- and -O- in the molecule), ketone solvent (solvent containing -CO- in the molecule and not containing -COO-), alcohol solvent (containing OH in the molecule, -O -, -CO- and -COO- free solvents), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and dimethyl sulfoxide.
レベリング剤としては、シリコーン系界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤およびフッ素原子を有するシリコーン系界面活性剤が挙げられる。これらは、側鎖に重合性基を有していてもよい。 <Leveling agent>
Examples of the leveling agent include silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, and silicone surfactants having a fluorine atom. These may have a polymerizable group in the side chain.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、充填剤、他の高分子化合物、密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、連鎖移動剤等、当該技術分野で公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。 <Other ingredients>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes additives known in the art, such as fillers, other polymer compounds, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, etc., if necessary. May be included.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、例えば、着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)、重合性化合物(C)、重合開始剤(D)、溶剤(E)、および、必要に応じて、レベリング剤、重合開始助剤およびその他の成分を混合することにより調製できる。着色剤(A)に加えて、さらに、顔料や染料を混合することもできる。顔料は、予め溶剤(E)の一部または全部と混合し、顔料の平均粒子径が0.2μm以下程度となるまで、ビーズミルなどを用いて分散させた顔料分散液の状態で用いることが好ましい。この際、必要に応じて前記顔料分散剤、樹脂(B)の一部または全部を配合してもよい。
化合物(I)は、予め溶剤(E)の一部または全部に溶解させて溶液を調製することが好ましい。該溶液を、孔径0.01~1μm程度のフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。
混合後の着色硬化性樹脂組成物を、孔径0.01~10μm程度のフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。 <Method for producing colored curable resin composition>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes, for example, a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), a solvent (E), and, if necessary, It can be prepared by mixing a leveling agent, a polymerization initiation aid and other components. In addition to the colorant (A), pigments and dyes can also be mixed. The pigment is preferably mixed in advance with a part or all of the solvent (E) and used in the state of a pigment dispersion dispersed using a bead mill or the like until the average particle size of the pigment is about 0.2 μm or less. . Under the present circumstances, you may mix | blend a part or all of the said pigment dispersant and resin (B) as needed.
It is preferable to prepare a solution by dissolving Compound (I) in part or all of the solvent (E) in advance. The solution is preferably filtered through a filter having a pore size of about 0.01 to 1 μm.
The colored curable resin composition after mixing is preferably filtered with a filter having a pore size of about 0.01 to 10 μm.
本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から着色パターンを製造する方法としては、フォトリソグラフ法、インクジェット法、印刷法等が挙げられる。中でも、フォトリソグラフ法が好ましい。フォトリソグラフ法は、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に塗布し、乾燥させて着色組成物層を形成し、フォトマスクを介して該着色組成物層を露光して、現像する方法である。フォトリソグラフ法において、露光の際にフォトマスクを用いないこと、および/または現像しないことにより、上記着色組成物層の硬化物である着色塗膜を形成することができる。このように形成した着色パターンや着色塗膜が本発明のカラーフィルタである。 <Color filter manufacturing method>
Examples of the method for producing a colored pattern from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include a photolithographic method, an inkjet method, and a printing method. Of these, the photolithographic method is preferable. The photolithographic method is a method in which a colored curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, dried to form a colored composition layer, and the colored composition layer is exposed and developed through a photomask. In the photolithography method, a colored coating film that is a cured product of the colored composition layer can be formed by not using a photomask and / or not developing during exposure. The colored pattern and the colored coating film thus formed are the color filter of the present invention.
装置:HLC−8120GPC(東ソー(株)製)
カラム:TSK−GELG2000HXL
カラム温度:40℃
溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン
流速:1.0mL/分
分析試料の固形分濃度:0.001~0.01質量%
注入量:50μL
検出器:RI
校正用標準物質:TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F−40、F−4、F−288、A−2500、A−500(東ソー(株)製)
上記で得られたポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量および数平均分子量の比(Mw/Mn)を分子量分布とした。 The polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by the GPC method under the following conditions.
Apparatus: HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Column: TSK-GELG2000HXL
Column temperature: 40 ° C
Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Analysis sample solid content concentration: 0.001 to 0.01% by mass
Injection volume: 50 μL
Detector: RI
Calibration standard materials: TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, F-288, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
The polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight ratio (Mw / Mn) obtained above was defined as molecular weight distribution.
ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン10.1部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩12.6部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で5時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却後、水300部と酢酸エチル270部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。水層に酢酸エチル135部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。水層に酢酸エチル135部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。酢酸エチル層を合わせ、水300部で3回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1)で表される化合物14.5部を得た。
Synthesis example 1
10.1 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate 12.6. Part was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 5 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 300 parts of water and 270 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. To the aqueous layer was added 135 parts of ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. To the aqueous layer was added 135 parts of ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. The ethyl acetate layers were combined, washed three times with 300 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 14.5 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 559.1
Exact Mass: 558.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 559.1
Exact Mass: 558.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 75.0 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide and 8.45 parts of potassium hydroxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. To this mixture, 25.0 parts of 3-methoxydiphenylamine was added and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. To this mixture, 21.5 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. To the obtained mixture, 158 parts of water and 135 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. 90 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. The ethyl acetate layers were combined and washed 3 times with 100 parts of water. The ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off to obtain 28.4 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 228.1
Exact Mass: 227.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 228.1
Exact Mass: 227.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 28.4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) and 302 parts of methylene chloride were mixed. While maintaining this mixture at 4 to 10 ° C., 44.8 parts of boron tribromide was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 12 hours. The obtained mixture was added to a mixture of 341 parts of water and 302 parts of methylene chloride while keeping the temperature of the mixture of 341 parts of water and 302 parts of methylene chloride at 4 to 19 ° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and the methylene chloride layer was separated. This methylene chloride solution was washed four times with 227 parts of 10 wt% brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off to obtain 23.3 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 214.1
Exact Mass: 213.1 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 214.1
Exact Mass: 213.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 25.1 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added to 47.7 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide while maintaining the temperature at 6-15 ° C. A mixture of 23.3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1) and 31.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide was added to the mixture while maintaining the temperature of the mixture at 6 to 25 ° C. The mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The obtained mixture was added to a mixture of 109 parts of a 48 wt% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 410 parts of water while maintaining the temperature at 14-19 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. While maintaining the temperature at 12 to 17 ° C., 67.2 parts of 35 wt% hydrochloric acid was added to the obtained mixture. To the resulting mixture, 210 parts of ethyl acetate and celite were added and filtered. The obtained filtrate was washed twice with 233 parts of 10 wt% brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 23.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt5-1).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 242.1
Exact Mass: 241.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt5-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 242.1
Exact Mass: 241.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.9 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt5-1), 12.0 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1), 0.915 parts of piperidine, and 83.8 parts of toluene were mixed. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 19 hours. The solvent of this mixed solution was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 10.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (I-1).
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 1.31(6H),3.84(4H),6.58−6.61(4H),7.16−7.24(4H),7.31−7.39(6H),7.46−7.52(4H),7.55(2H),7.99(2H),8.63(2H) <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (I-1)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 1.31 (6H), 3.84 (4H), 6.58-6.61 (4H), 7.16-7.24 (4H), 7.31 -7.39 (6H), 7.46-7.52 (4H), 7.55 (2H), 7.99 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
2,4−ジメチルアニリン42.4部、トリエチルアミン35.4部およびN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド132部を混合し、50℃下で撹拌した。この混合物の温度を50~60℃に保ちながら、ヨードエタン56.8部を加え、その後、60℃下で65時間撹拌した。この混合物を室温まで放冷後、水1000部とトルエン433部を加え、トルエン層を分取した。このトルエン層を飽和塩化ナトリウム水溶液1000部で3回洗浄した後、ロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt2−2)で表される化合物18.8部を得た。
Synthesis example 2
2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 56.8 parts of iodoethane were added, and then stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 18.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-2).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 150.1
Exact Mass: 149.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-2)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 150.1
Exact Mass: 149.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 29.8 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-2), 37.4 parts of 3-bromoanisole, 1.35 parts of palladium (II) acetate, 33.7 parts of potassium tert-butoxide, 2 , 8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3.3.3] undecane (1.0 M toluene solution) 3.42 parts and toluene 520 parts, Stir at 100 ° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 1000 parts of water. After filtering this liquid mixture, the toluene layer was fractionated. The toluene solution was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 41.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-2).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt3-2)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2
The synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt3-2) in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt4-2) The compounds represented by formula (pt5-2) and formula (I-2) were obtained.
式(pt4−2)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 242.2
Exact Mass: 241.2
式(pt5−2)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.1
式(I−2)で表される化合物
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 1.30(6H),2.09(6H),2.39(6H),3.59(2H),3.86(2H),6.42(4H),7.00(2H),7.12(2H),7.18(2H),7.30−7.37(4H),7.54(2H),7.98(2H),8.62(2H) <Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-2) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 242.2
Exact Mass: 241.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-2) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.1
Compound represented by formula (I-2)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 1.30 (6H), 2.09 (6H), 2.39 (6H), 3.59 (2H), 3.86 (2H), 6.42 ( 4H), 7.00 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.18 (2H), 7.30-7.37 (4H), 7.54 (2H), 7.98 (2H), 8 .62 (2H)
還流冷却器、滴下ロートおよび撹拌機を備えたフラスコ内に窒素を適量流して窒素雰囲気とし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート100部を入れ、撹拌しながら85℃まで加熱した。次いで、該フラスコ内に、メタクリル酸19部、3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−8−イルアクリレートおよび3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−9−イルアクリレートの混合物(含有比はモル比で50:50)171部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート40部に溶解した溶液を滴下ポンプを用いて約5時間かけて滴下した。一方、重合開始剤2,2’−アゾビス(2,4−ジメチルバレロニトリル)26部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート120部に溶解した溶液を別の滴下ポンプを用いて約5時間かけてフラスコ内に滴下した。重合開始剤の滴下が終了した後、約3時間同温度に保持し、その後室温まで冷却して、固形分43.5%の共重合体(樹脂B1)の溶液を得た。得られた樹脂B1の重量平均分子量は8000、分子量分布は1.98、固形分換算の酸価は53mgKOH/gであった。
Synthesis example 3
An appropriate amount of nitrogen was passed through a flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer to form a nitrogen atmosphere, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added and heated to 85 ° C. with stirring. Next, 19 parts of methacrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl acrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] Decan-9-yl acrylate (content ratio is 50:50 in molar ratio) 171 parts dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 40 parts using a dropping pump over about 5 hours And dripped. On the other hand, a solution prepared by dissolving 26 parts of a polymerization initiator 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) in 120 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a flask over about 5 hours using another dropping pump. It was dripped. After completion of dropping of the polymerization initiator, the temperature was maintained at the same temperature for about 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a copolymer (resin B1) solution having a solid content of 43.5%. The obtained resin B1 had a weight average molecular weight of 8,000, a molecular weight distribution of 1.98, and an acid value in terms of solid content of 53 mgKOH / g.
窒素雰囲気下で、m−アニシジン24.0部、4−ヨード−m−キシレン99.7部、炭酸カリウム117部、銅粉末27.3部、18−クラウン−6 4.64部、o−ジクロロベンゼン511部を混合し、175℃で19時間撹拌した。その後、炭酸カリウム35.1部、銅粉末8.19部、18−クラウン−6 1.39部、o−ジクロロベンゼン22.0部を加え、175℃で17時間撹拌した。上記混合物を室温まで放冷後、ろ過した。ろ液に酢酸エチル450部を加え、2N塩酸450部で3回、18wt%塩化ナトリウム水溶液470部で3回洗浄した。得られた酢酸エチル溶液を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した後、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−3)で表される化合物64.1部を得た。
Synthesis example 4
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, m-anisidine 24.0 parts, 4-iodo-m-xylene 99.7 parts, potassium carbonate 117 parts, copper powder 27.3 parts, 18-crown-6 4.64 parts, o-di 511 parts of chlorobenzene was mixed and stirred at 175 ° C. for 19 hours. Thereafter, 35.1 parts of potassium carbonate, 8.19 parts of copper powder, 1.39 parts of 18-crown-6, and 22.0 parts of o-dichlorobenzene were added and stirred at 175 ° C. for 17 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. 450 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate and washed 3 times with 450 parts of 2N hydrochloric acid and 3 times with 470 parts of an 18 wt% sodium chloride aqueous solution. The resulting ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 64.1 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-3).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-3)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2
The synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt3-3) in the synthesis example 1, and the formula (pt4-3) The compounds represented by formula (pt5-3) and formula (I-82) were obtained.
式(pt4−3)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2
式(pt5−3)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
式(I−82)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1121.4
Exact Mass: 1120.4 <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt4-3) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-3) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-82) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1121.4
Exact Mass: 1120.4
合成例1において、ヨードエタンを2−エトキシエチルブロミドに代えた以外は、合成例1と同様に実施して、式(pt3−4)、式(pt4−4)、式(pt5−4)および式(I−141)で表される化合物を得た。
Synthesis example 5
The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 1 was performed except that iodoethane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt3-4), formula (pt4-4), formula (pt5-4), and formula A compound represented by (I-141) was obtained.
式(pt3−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 272.2
Exact Mass: 271.2
式(pt4−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 258.1
Exact Mass: 257.1
式(pt5−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 286.1
Exact Mass: 285.1
式(I−141)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1001.3
Exact Mass: 1000.3 <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-4) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 272.2
Exact Mass: 271.2
Compounds of formula (pt4-4) (Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 258.1
Exact Mass: 257.1
Compound represented by formula (pt5-4) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 286.1
Exact Mass: 285.1
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-141) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1001.3
Exact Mass: 1000.3
合成例2において、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代えた以外は、合成例2と同様に実施して、式(pt2−5)、式(pt3−5)、式(pt4−5)、式(pt5−5)および式(I−146)で表される化合物を得た。
Synthesis Example 6
The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 2 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline in Synthesis Example 2, and the formula (pt2-5), formula (pt3-5), The compounds represented by formula (pt4-5), formula (pt5-5) and formula (I-146) were obtained.
式(pt2−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 164.1
Exact Mass: 163.1
式(pt3−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.2
式(pt4−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2
式(pt5−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
式(I−146)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 997.3
Exact Mass: 996.3 <Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-5) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 164.1
Exact Mass: 163.1
Compound represented by formula (pt3-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-146) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 997.3
Exact Mass: 996.3
合成例4において、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、合成例4と同様に実施して、式(pt3−6)、式(pt4−6)、式(pt5−6)および式(I−86)で表される化合物を得た。
Synthesis example 7
The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 4 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Synthesis Example 4, and formula (pt3-6), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-6), formula (pt5-6) and formula (I-86) were obtained.
式(pt3−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
式(pt4−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
式(pt5−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
式(I−86)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1177.4
Exact Mass: 1176.4 <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-6) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
Compound represented by formula (I-86) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1177.4
Exact Mass: 1176.4
ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン4.98部とメタノール28.1部とを混合した。得られた混合物に、撹拌しながら、10℃以下で、3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩8.18部を徐々に加えた。得られた混合物を10℃以下で7時間、室温で24時間、60℃で24時間撹拌した。得られた反応混合物を室温まで冷却した後、析出した結晶をろ過により取り出した。取り出した結晶をメタノールで洗浄し、60℃で減圧乾燥して、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物6.77部を得た。
Example 1
4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol were mixed. To the resulting mixture, 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride was gradually added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. The resulting mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were taken out by filtration. The taken out crystal was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1
2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of the mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 70.2 parts of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added, and then the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 50.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-1a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 46.7 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-1a), 37.4 parts of 3-bromoanisole, 1.35 parts of palladium (II) acetate, 33.7 parts of potassium tert-butoxide, 2 , 8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3.3.3] undecane (1.0 M toluene solution) 3.42 parts and toluene 520 parts, Stir at 100 ° C. for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 1000 parts of water. After the obtained mixture was filtered, the toluene layer was separated. The tolueneso layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then filtered. The filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 30.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 17.0 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) and 199 parts of dichloromethane were mixed. While maintaining this mixed liquid at 15 to 23 ° C., boron tribromide (1.0 M dichloromethane solution) was added in an amount equal to the number of moles of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a). Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. The obtained mixture was added to 250 parts of ice water, and the dichloromethane layer was separated. The dichloromethane layer was washed with 250 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 13.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1a)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2
13.9 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1a) and 26.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed. While maintaining this mixture at 23 to 55 ° C., 13.1 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added. The mixture was then stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, added to 150 parts of ice water, and neutralized with a 48% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To this mixture, 300 parts of ethyl acetate was added and filtered, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated from the obtained filtrate. This ethyl acetate solution was washed with 300 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 11.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt5-1a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt5-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 9.65 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt5-1a), 6.14 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a), 0.553 parts of piperidine and 51.1 parts of toluene were mixed. did. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 19 hours. This mixture was added to 231 parts of methanol. The generated precipitate was taken out by removing the supernatant. After adding 231 parts of methanol to the precipitate and stirring, the mixture was suction filtered. The obtained residue was washed with 20 parts of methanol and obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 9.10 parts of a compound represented by the formula (IA-13).
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 0.82−0.92(12H),1.26−1.52(16H),1.77(2H),2.05(6H),2.38(6H),3.32−3.42(2H),3.71−3.78(2H),6.42−6.45(4H),7.02(2H),7.11(2H),7.15(2H),7.33(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H) <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-13)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.82-0.92 (12H), 1.26-1.52 (16H), 1.77 (2H), 2.05 (6H), 2.38 (6H), 3.32-3.42 (2H), 3.71-3.78 (2H), 6.42-6.45 (4H), 7.02 (2H), 7.11 (2H) 7.15 (2H), 7.33 (2H), 7.66 (2H), 7.96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−2a)、式(pt3−2a)、式(pt4−2a)、式(pt5−2a)および式(IA−17)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 2
The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-2a), formula (pt3-2a), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-2a), formula (pt5-2a) and formula (IA-17) were obtained.
式(pt2−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2
式(pt3−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
式(pt4−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2
式(pt5−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2
式(IA−17)で表される化合物
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 0.88(6H),1.28−1.32(20H),1.72(4H),2.07(6H),2.38(6H),3.44(2H),3.77(2H),6.39(4H),6.99(2H),7.12(2H),7.17(2H),7.34(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H) <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2
Compound represented by formula (pt3-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
Compound represented by formula (pt4-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-2a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-17)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.88 (6H), 1.28-1.32 (20H), 1.72 (4H), 2.07 (6H), 2.38 (6H), 3.44 (2H), 3.77 (2H), 6.39 (4H), 6.99 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.17 (2H), 7.34 (2H), 7 .66 (2H), 7.96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモ−3−メチルブタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−3a)、式(pt3−3a)、式(pt4−3a)、式(pt5−3a)および式(IA−297)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 3
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced by 1-bromo-3-methylbutane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-3a) and the formula (pt3-3a) The compound represented by formula (pt4-3a), formula (pt5-3a) and formula (IA-297) was obtained.
式(pt2−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 192.2
Exact Mass: 191.2
式(pt3−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
式(pt4−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
式(pt5−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2
式(IA−297)で表される化合物
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 0.96(12H),1.57−1.69(6H),2.08(6H),2.39(6H),3.47(2H),3.80(2H),6.39(4H),6.99(2H),7.12(2H),7.17(2H),7.34(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H) <Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-3a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 192.2
Exact Mass: 191.2
Compound represented by formula (pt3-3a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-3a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-3a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-297)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.96 (12H), 1.57-1.69 (6H), 2.08 (6H), 2.39 (6H), 3.47 (2H), 3.80 (2H), 6.39 (4H), 6.99 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.17 (2H), 7.34 (2H), 7.66 (2H), 7 .96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
窒素雰囲気下で、3−メトキシジフェニルアミン39.9部(0.200モル)、水酸化カリウム13.5部(0.240モル)およびジメチルスルホキシド550部を混合し、室温で2時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン42.5部(0.220モル)を加え、室温で6時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン42.5部(0.220モル)と水酸化カリウム20.2部(0.360モル)を加え、室温で14時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン63.7部(0.330モル)と水酸化カリウム20.2部(0.360モル)を加えて、室温で24時間撹拌した。この混合物に水1000部とトルエン450部を加え、トルエン層を分取した。このトルエン溶液を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液1500部で2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させて、ろ過した。得られたろ液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−4a)で表される化合物59.8部を得た。
Example 4
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 39.9 parts (0.200 mol) of 3-methoxydiphenylamine, 13.5 parts (0.240 mol) of potassium hydroxide and 550 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To this mixture, 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. To this mixture were added 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. To this mixture, 63.7 parts (0.330 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide were added and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. To this mixture, 1000 parts of water and 450 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. This toluene solution was washed twice with 1500 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 59.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-4a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt3-4a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) was replaced with the formula (pt3-4a) in Example 1, and the formula (pt4-4a) and the formula (pt5- The compound represented by 4a) and formula (IA-15) was obtained.
式(pt4−4a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
式(pt5−4a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 326.2
Exact Mass: 325.2
式(IA−15)で表される化合物
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 0.82−0.88(12H),1.22−1.52(16H),1.80(2H),3.69(4H),6.58−6.63(4H),7.21−7.24(4H),7.31−7.37(4H),7.45−7.50(4H),7.67(2H),7.97(2H),8.40(2H),8.63(2H) <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt4-4a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-4a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.2
Exact Mass: 325.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-15)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.82-0.88 (12H), 1.22-1.52 (16H), 1.80 (2H), 3.69 (4H), 6.58 -6.63 (4H), 7.21-7.24 (4H), 7.31-7.37 (4H), 7.45-7.50 (4H), 7.67 (2H), 7. 97 (2H), 8.40 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
実施例4において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモドデカンに代えた以外は、実施例4と同様に実施して、式(pt3−5a)、式(pt4−5a)、式(pt5−5a)および式(IA−299)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 5
The same procedure as in Example 4 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromododecane in Example 4, and the formula (pt3-5a), formula (pt4-5a), formula ( pt5-5a) and the compound represented by formula (IA-299) were obtained.
式(pt3−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
式(pt4−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
式(pt5−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 382.3
Exact Mass: 381.3
式(IA−299)で表される化合物
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 0.87(6H),1.25−1.30(36H),1.72(4H),3.72(4H),6.54−6.58(4H),7.20−7.23(4H),7.33−7.39(4H),7.46−7.51(4H),7.67(2H),7.97(2H),8.40(2H),8.63(2H) <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
Compound represented by formula (pt4-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
Compound represented by formula (pt5-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 382.3
Exact Mass: 381.3
Compound represented by formula (IA-299)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.87 (6H), 1.25-1.30 (36H), 1.72 (4H), 3.72 (4H), 6.54-6.58 (4H), 7.20-7.23 (4H), 7.33-7.39 (4H), 7.46-7.51 (4H), 7.67 (2H), 7.97 (2H) , 8.40 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを2−エトキシエチルブロミドに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−6a)、式(pt3−6a)、式(pt4−6a)、式(pt5−6a)および式(IA−306)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 6
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-6a), formula (pt3-6a), formula The compounds represented by (pt4-6a), formula (pt5-6a) and formula (IA-306) were obtained.
式(pt2−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 194.2
Exact Mass: 193.1
式(pt3−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 300.2
Exact Mass: 299.2
式(pt4−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 286.2
Exact Mass: 285.2
式(pt5−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 314.2
Exact Mass: 313.2
式(IA−306)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 971.3
Exact Mass: 970.3 <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-6a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 194.2
Exact Mass: 193.1
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-6a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 300.2
Exact Mass: 299.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-6a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 286.2
Exact Mass: 285.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-6a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 314.2
Exact Mass: 313.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (IA-306) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 971.3
Exact Mass: 970.3
2,2−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン10.0部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩18.2部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で13時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物6.46部を得た。
Example 7
10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride 18 .2 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-7a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2
In Example 1, except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-49).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1029.6
Exact Mass: 1028.5 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-49)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1029.6
Exact Mass: 1028.5
9,9−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン5.02部とメタノール30.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩6.10部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で14時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−8a)で表される化合物2.33部を得た。
Example 8
Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-8a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2
In Example 1, except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-81).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1151.6
Exact Mass: 1150.6 Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-81)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1151.6
Exact Mass: 1150.6
実施例1において、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−9a)、式(pt3−9a)、式(pt4−9a)、式(pt5−9a)および式(I−308)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 9
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane. Thus, the compounds represented by formula (pt2-9a), formula (pt3-9a), formula (pt4-9a), formula (pt5-9a) and formula (I-308) were obtained.
式(pt2−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 248.2
Exact Mass: 247.2
式(pt3−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
式(pt4−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
式(pt5−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
式(IA−308)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1079.5
Exact Mass: 1078.5 <Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-9a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 248.2
Exact Mass: 247.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (IA-308) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1079.5
Exact Mass: 1078.5
実施例1において、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物を式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物に代え、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(IA−311)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 10
In Example 1, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a), and 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline. The compound represented by the formula (IA-311) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-bromooctane was replaced with 1-bromooctane.
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1057.6
Exact Mass: 1056.6 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-311)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1057.6
Exact Mass: 1056.6
示差熱熱重量同時測定装置(エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー製 TG/DTA6200R)を用いて、実施例1~10で得られた式(IA−13)、式(IA−17)、式(IA−297)、式(IA−15)、式(IA−299)、式(IA−306)、式(IA−49)、式(IA−81)、式(IA−308)および式(IA−311)で表される化合物とクマリン6(東京化成工業(株)製)の示差走査熱量測定を行った。一回の測定に用いた試料量は5mgであった。測定温度は、最初、25℃から開始し、毎分10℃の速度で昇温し、600℃まで測定した。空気中において重量減少率が5%となる温度T5(空気下)、空気中において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(空気下)、窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が5%となる温度T5(窒素下)、および窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(窒素下)を求めた。結果を表30に示す。 <Heat resistance evaluation>
Using a differential thermothermal gravimetric simultaneous measurement apparatus (TG / DTA6200R manufactured by SII Nanotechnology), the formulas (IA-13), (IA-17), and (IA-297) obtained in Examples 1 to 10 were used. ), Formula (IA-15), formula (IA-299), formula (IA-306), formula (IA-49), formula (IA-81), formula (IA-308) and formula (IA-311) Differential scanning calorimetry of the compound represented by the formula and Coumarin 6 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) The amount of sample used for one measurement was 5 mg. The measurement temperature was started from 25 ° C., heated at a rate of 10 ° C. per minute, and measured to 600 ° C. The temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 30.
ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン4.98部とメタノール28.1部を混合し、撹拌しながら10℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノピロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩8.18部を徐々に加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で7時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却後、析出した結晶を吸引ろ過の残渣として得た。この残渣をメタノールで洗浄し、60℃で減圧乾燥して、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を6.77部得た。
Example 11
4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol are mixed, and gradually 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate hydrochloride is added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. Added to. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-1b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, m-anisidine 24.0 parts, 4-iodo-m-xylene 99.7 parts, potassium carbonate 117 parts, copper powder 27.3 parts, 18-crown-6 4.64 parts, o-di 511 parts of chlorobenzene was mixed and stirred at 175 ° C. for 19 hours. Thereafter, 35.1 parts of potassium carbonate, 8.19 parts of copper powder, 1.39 parts of 18-crown-6, and 22.0 parts of o-dichlorobenzene were added and stirred at 175 ° C. for 17 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. 450 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate and washed 3 times with 450 parts of 2N hydrochloric acid and 3 times with 470 parts of an 18 wt% sodium chloride aqueous solution. The resulting ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 64.1 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-1b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-1b)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2
31.7 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-1b) and 190 parts of dehydrated dichloromethane were mixed at 0 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Subsequently, 199 parts of a 17 wt% boron tribromide dichloromethane solution was added and stirred for 1 hour. Then, it stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After this mixture was added to 1100 parts of ice water, 740 parts of chloroform was added, and the chloroform layer was extracted. The obtained chloroform solution was washed twice with 470 parts of an 18 wt% aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. After the solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 30.0 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1b)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2
7.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1b) and 14.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed at 5 to 10 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 5 to 10 ° C., 7.21 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 1 hour, at room temperature for 1 hour, and at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 100 parts of ice water was added, and the mixture was neutralized with a 48% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To this mixture was added 180 parts of ethyl acetate, followed by celite and stirring. The mixture was filtered and the ethyl acetate layer was extracted. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.26 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
6.01 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1b), 4.04 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b), 0.357 parts of piperidine and 33.4 parts of toluene were mixed, For 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 153 parts of methanol. The precipitate was obtained as a residue of suction filtration. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 7.76 parts of a compound represented by the formula (IB-2).
1H−NMR(CDCl3,270MHz)δ 2.13(12H),2.34(12H),6.38(2H),6.52(2H),6.92−7.02(8H),7.10(4H),7.37(2H),7.67(2H),7.98(2H),8.40(2H),8.64(2H) <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-2)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 2.13 (12H), 2.34 (12H), 6.38 (2H), 6.52 (2H), 6.92-7.02 (8H), 7.10 (4H), 7.37 (2H), 7.67 (2H), 7.98 (2H), 8.40 (2H), 8.64 (2H)
2,2−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン10.0部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノピロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩18.2部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で13時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−2b)で表される化合物6.46部を得た。
Example 12
18. 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate at 5 ° C. or lower. Two parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2 <Identification of compound represented by formula (pt1-2b)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2
Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-32) The compound represented by these was obtained.
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1013.4
Exact Mass: 1012.4 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-32)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1013.4
Exact Mass: 1012.4
9,9−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン5.02部とメタノール30.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩6.10部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で14時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−3b)で表される化合物2.33部を得た。
Example 13
Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-3b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2
Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-62) The compound represented by these was obtained.
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1135.4
Exact Mass: 1134.4 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-62)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1135.4
Exact Mass: 1134.4
実施例11において、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(pt2−4b)、式(pt3−4b)、式(pt4−4b)および式(IB−6)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 14
The same procedure as in Example 11 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Example 11, and the formula (pt2-4b) and the formula ( The compounds represented by pt3-4b), formula (pt4-4b) and formula (IB-6) were obtained.
式(pt2−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
式(pt3−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
式(pt4−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
式(IB−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1091.4
Exact Mass: 1090.4 <Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-4b) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-4b) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-4b) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
Compound represented by formula (IB-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1091.4
Exact Mass: 1090.4
実施例11において、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を式(pt1−2b)で表される化合物に代え、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(IB−36)で表される化合物を得た。
Example 15
In Example 11, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethyl. Except having replaced with benzene, it implemented similarly to Example 11 and obtained the compound represented by a formula (IB-36).
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H]+ 1069.5
Exact Mass: 1068.5 <Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-36)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1069.5
Exact Mass: 1068.5
示差熱熱重量同時測定装置(エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー製 TG/DTA6200R)を用いて、実施例11~15で得られた式(IB−2)、式(IB−32)、式(IB−62)、式(IB−6)および式(IB−36)で表される化合物とクマリン6(東京化成工業(株)製)の示差走査熱量測定を行った。一回の測定に用いた試料量は5mgであった。測定温度は、最初、25℃から開始し、毎分10℃の速度で昇温し、600℃まで測定した。空気中において重量減少率が5%となる温度T5(空気下)、空気中において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(空気下)、窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が5%となる温度T5(窒素下)、および窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(窒素下)を求めた。結果を表31に示す。 <Heat resistance evaluation>
Using a differential thermothermal gravimetric simultaneous measurement apparatus (TG / DTA6200R manufactured by SII Nanotechnology), the formulas (IB-2), (IB-32), and (IB-62) obtained in Examples 11 to 15 were used. ), Differential scanning calorimetry of the compound represented by formula (IB-6) and formula (IB-36) and coumarin 6 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). The amount of sample used for one measurement was 5 mg. The measurement temperature was started from 25 ° C., heated at a rate of 10 ° C. per minute, and measured to 600 ° C. The temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 31.
実施例16
顔料:C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料) 27部、
アクリル系顔料分散剤 12部、
樹脂(B):樹脂B1(固形分換算) 9.5部、および
溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 180部
を混合し、ビーズミルを用いて顔料を十分に分散させた顔料分散液;
着色剤(A):式(I−1)で表される化合物 3.0部;
樹脂(B):樹脂B1(固形分換算) 40部;
重合性化合物(C):ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(登録商標) DPHA;日本化薬(株)製) 49部;
重合開始剤(D):N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミン(イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE−01;BASF社製;O−アシルオキシム化合物) 9.8部;
溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 670部;並びに
レベリング剤):ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製) 0.15部
を混合して着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。 <Preparation of colored curable resin composition>
Example 16
Pigment: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) 27 parts,
12 parts acrylic pigment dispersant,
Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 9.5 parts, and Solvent (E): Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 180 parts were mixed, and a pigment dispersion in which the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill;
Colorant (A): 3.0 parts of compound represented by formula (I-1);
Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 40 parts;
Polymerizable compound (C): Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 49 parts;
Polymerization initiator (D): N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE-01; manufactured by BASF; O-acyloxime compound) 9.8 parts;
Solvent (E): 670 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; and leveling agent): Polyether-modified silicone oil (Toray Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.15 part is mixed to give a colored curable resin composition Got.
実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表32に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表32に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。 Example 17 to Example 33
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 32, and the compound represented by formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 32. A functional resin composition was obtained.
実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表33に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表33に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。 Examples 34-63
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 33, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 33. A functional resin composition was obtained.
実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表34に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表34に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。 Examples 64-78
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 34, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 34. A functional resin composition was obtained.
膜厚は、DEKTAK3;日本真空技術(株)製を用いて膜厚を測定した。 <Film thickness measurement>
The film thickness was measured using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
樹脂:メタクリル酸/ベンジルメタクリレート(モル比:30/70)共重合体(田岡化学工業(株)製、平均分子量10700、酸価70mgKOH/g)33.8%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液 40.2部;
重合性化合物:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(登録商標)DPHA;日本化薬(株)製) 5.8部;
重合開始剤:N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミン(イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01;BASFジャパン社製) 0.58部;
レベリング剤:ポリエーテル変性シリコーン(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製) 0.01部;
溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル 46.6部;
溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 6.8部
を混合して昇華性試験用樹脂組成物(SJS)を得た。 <Preparation of resin composition for sublimation test (SJS)>
Resin: Methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 30/70) copolymer (manufactured by Taoka Chemical Co., Ltd., average molecular weight 10700, acid value 70 mg KOH / g) 33.8% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution 40.2 Part;
Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 5.8 parts;
Polymerization initiator: N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.58 parts;
Leveling agent: polyether-modified silicone (Toray Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.01 part;
Solvent: 46.6 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether;
Solvent: 6.8 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were mixed to obtain a resin composition for sublimation test (SJS).
2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂組成物(SJS)をスピンコート法で塗布し、100℃3分間で揮発成分を揮発させた。冷却後、露光機(TME−150RSK;トプコン(株)製)を用いて、大気雰囲気下、150mJ/cm2の露光量(365nm基準)で光照射した。オーブン中で220℃2時間加熱して昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)(膜厚2.2μm)を形成した。 <Formation of resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM)>
On a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning), the resin composition for sublimation test (SJS) obtained above was applied by spin coating, and volatile components were volatilized at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes. . After cooling, using an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.), light irradiation was performed with an exposure amount of 150 mJ / cm 2 (based on 365 nm) in an air atmosphere. A resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) (thickness: 2.2 μm) was formed by heating in an oven at 220 ° C. for 2 hours.
2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、実施例16で得た着色硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布した後、100℃で3分間プリベークして着色組成物層を形成した。冷却後、着色組成物層が形成された基板と石英ガラス製フォトマスクとの間隔を200μmとして、露光機(TME−150RSK;トプコン(株)製)を用いて、大気雰囲気下、80mJ/cm2の露光量(365nm基準)で露光した。尚、フォトマスクとしては、100μmのラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されたものを使用した。露光後の着色組成物層を、非イオン系界面活性剤0.12%と水酸化カリウム0.04%とを含む水溶液に25℃で70秒間浸漬させて現像し、水洗した。膜厚を測定した。結果を表35に示す。
この着色塗布膜と上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)とを、70μmの間隔を空けた状態で対向させ、220℃で40分間ポストベークを行うことにより、着色パターンを得た。昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)の加熱前後の色差(ΔEab*)を測色機(OSP−SP−200;OLYMPUS社製)を用いて測定した。色差(ΔEab*)が5.0以上であれば、着色剤が昇華性を有することを示す。結果を表35に示す。表35では、各実施例において、○は、着色剤が昇華性を有しないことを、×は、着色剤が昇華性を有することを示す。 Example 79 <Preparation of colored pattern and evaluation of sublimation>
The colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was applied on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning) by spin coating, and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. Formed. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the colored composition layer is formed and the quartz glass photomask is set to 200 μm, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) is used in an air atmosphere at 80 mJ / cm 2 The exposure amount (standard on 365 nm) was used. A photomask having a 100 μm line and space pattern was used. The colored composition layer after the exposure was developed by being immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% of a nonionic surfactant and 0.04% of potassium hydroxide at 25 ° C. for 70 seconds, and washed with water. The film thickness was measured. The results are shown in Table 35.
This colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 μm between them, and post-baking at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes to obtain a colored pattern. . The color difference (ΔEab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). A color difference (ΔEab *) of 5.0 or more indicates that the colorant has sublimability. The results are shown in Table 35. In Table 35, in each example, ◯ indicates that the colorant does not have sublimability, and x indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
実施例79において、実施例16で得た着色硬化性樹脂組成物を、表35~表37に示す着色硬化性樹脂組成物に代えた以外は、実施例79と同様に実施して、着色パターンを得、同様に、昇華性評価を行った。結果を表35~表37に示す。 Example 80 to Example 142
In Example 79, a colored pattern was carried out in the same manner as in Example 79 except that the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was replaced with the colored curable resin composition shown in Tables 35 to 37. Similarly, the sublimation property was evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 35 to 37.
着色剤:クマリン6 3.6部;
樹脂(B):樹脂(B1)(固形分換算) 180部;
溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 230部;
溶剤(E):N,N−ジメチルホルムアミド 590部;並びに
レベリング剤:ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製) 0.063部
を混合して着色樹脂組成物を得た。
2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、上記で得た着色樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布した後、100℃で3分間プリベークして着色組成物層を形成した。膜厚を、DEKTAK3;日本真空技術(株)製を用いて膜厚を測定したところ、1.9μmであった。
着色塗布膜と上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)とを、70μmの間隔を空けた状態で対向させ、220℃で40分間ポストベークを行った。昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)の加熱前後の色差(ΔEab*)を測色機(OSP−SP−200;OLYMPUS社製)を用いて測定した。その結果、色差(ΔEab*)は5.0以上であり、着色剤であるクマリン6は昇華性を有することを確認した。 Comparative Example 1
Colorant: Coumarin 6 3.6 parts;
Resin (B): Resin (B1) (solid content conversion) 180 parts;
Solvent (E): 230 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate;
Solvent (E): N, N-dimethylformamide 590 parts; and leveling agent: polyether-modified silicone oil (Tore Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.063 parts are mixed to obtain a colored resin composition. It was.
The colored resin composition obtained above was applied by spin coating on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning), and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. The film thickness was measured to be 1.9 μm using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
The colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 μm between them, and post-baked at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes. The color difference (ΔEab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). As a result, the color difference (ΔEab *) was 5.0 or more, and it was confirmed that coumarin 6 as a colorant has sublimability.
Claims (27)
- 式(I)で表される化合物を含む着色剤、樹脂、重合性化合物、重合開始剤および溶剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zは、式(Z1):
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。) A colored curable resin composition comprising a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
(In the formula, L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), and X represents oxygen R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, -N (R 14) -, may be replaced to a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO M, -CO 2 M, hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 20, R 14 there are a plurality of In this case, they may be the same or different, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different. Well,
Z represents the formula (Z1):
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by ) - Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基である請求項1に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 2. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基である請求項1に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 2. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
- Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
- R1が、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 5. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom. .
- Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、R1が、炭素数1~8のアルキル基である請求項2に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 2, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、R1が、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である請求項3に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Zが、式(Z2)で表わされる基である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2).
- Ar1が、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である請求項1、2、3および8のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of 8.
- 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である請求項9に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 9, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
- 着色剤が、さらに顔料を含む請求項1~10のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the colorant further contains a pigment.
- 顔料が、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン顔料およびハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
- 顔料が、塩素化銅フタロシアニン顔料、臭素化銅フタロシアニン顔料および臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a chlorinated copper phthalocyanine pigment, a brominated copper phthalocyanine pigment, and a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
- 顔料が、緑色顔料である請求項11~13のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the pigment is a green pigment.
- 顔料が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36およびC.I.ピグメントグリーン58からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11~14のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I. 15. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the colored curable resin composition is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
- 請求項1~15のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタ。 A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
- 請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを含む液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to claim 16.
- 式(Ia−1)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zaは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)) A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.)) - R1が、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい請求項18に記載の化合物。 19. The compound according to claim 18, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
- R1が、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である請求項18に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 18, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- 式(Ia−2)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO2−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R7~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH2)、スルファモイル基(−SO2NH2)、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zbは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)) A compound represented by formula (Ia-2).
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.) - Ar1が、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である請求項21に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 21, wherein Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
- 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である請求項22に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 22, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
- 請求項18~23のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む着色剤。 A colorant comprising the compound according to any one of claims 18 to 23.
- さらに顔料を含む請求項24に記載の着色剤。 The colorant according to claim 24, further comprising a pigment.
- 式(IIa)で表される化合物。
(式中、Laは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R11~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。) A compound represented by the formula (IIa).
(Wherein, L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 11 ~ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.) - 式(III)で表される化合物。
(式中、R7~R9は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよい。R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Zは、式(Z1):
(式中、R1は、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH2−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R2~R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH2−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SO3M、−CO2M、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
(式中、Ar1は、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。) A compound represented by formula (III).
(Wherein R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group, Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group; The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group. good .R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) :
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by )
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015524154A JP6452605B2 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2014-06-23 | Colored curable resin composition |
KR1020167002108A KR102228368B1 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2014-06-23 | Colored curable resin composition |
CN201480033661.2A CN105683298B (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2014-06-23 | Colored curable resin composition |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013-133595 | 2013-06-26 | ||
JP2013133593 | 2013-06-26 | ||
JP2013-133593 | 2013-06-26 | ||
JP2013-133594 | 2013-06-26 | ||
JP2013133595 | 2013-06-26 | ||
JP2013133594 | 2013-06-26 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014208767A1 true WO2014208767A1 (en) | 2014-12-31 |
Family
ID=52142088
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/067299 WO2014208767A1 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2014-06-23 | Colored curable resin composition |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6452605B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102228368B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN105683298B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI623813B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014208767A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2015189694A (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2015-11-02 | 旭有機材工業株式会社 | Fluorene derivative, production method thereof, compound, composition and hardened product |
US20170002124A1 (en) * | 2014-03-19 | 2017-01-05 | Fujifilm Corporation | Curable composition, optical component and compound |
KR20170084496A (en) * | 2016-01-12 | 2017-07-20 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI810608B (en) * | 2016-09-02 | 2023-08-01 | 日商住友化學股份有限公司 | Coloring composition and compound |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS50136313A (en) * | 1974-04-19 | 1975-10-29 | ||
JPS5395705A (en) * | 1977-01-29 | 1978-08-22 | Basf Ag | Pressure sensitive recording material |
JPS5466928A (en) * | 1977-10-13 | 1979-05-29 | Ciba Geigy Ag | New dye* method of making same and application thereof |
JPH04225364A (en) * | 1990-12-26 | 1992-08-14 | Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc | Photosensitive body |
JPH0559111A (en) * | 1991-09-03 | 1993-03-09 | Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc | Photopolymerizable resin composition |
JP2013151668A (en) * | 2011-12-26 | 2013-08-08 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Compound |
JP2014044419A (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2014-03-13 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Colored curable resin composition |
JP2014051641A (en) * | 2012-02-13 | 2014-03-20 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Colored curable resin composition |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4547579A (en) * | 1978-10-10 | 1985-10-15 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Substituted benzopyran compounds |
-
2014
- 2014-06-23 WO PCT/JP2014/067299 patent/WO2014208767A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-06-23 KR KR1020167002108A patent/KR102228368B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-06-23 JP JP2015524154A patent/JP6452605B2/en active Active
- 2014-06-23 CN CN201480033661.2A patent/CN105683298B/en active Active
- 2014-06-24 TW TW103121690A patent/TWI623813B/en active
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS50136313A (en) * | 1974-04-19 | 1975-10-29 | ||
JPS5395705A (en) * | 1977-01-29 | 1978-08-22 | Basf Ag | Pressure sensitive recording material |
JPS5466928A (en) * | 1977-10-13 | 1979-05-29 | Ciba Geigy Ag | New dye* method of making same and application thereof |
JPH04225364A (en) * | 1990-12-26 | 1992-08-14 | Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc | Photosensitive body |
JPH0559111A (en) * | 1991-09-03 | 1993-03-09 | Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc | Photopolymerizable resin composition |
JP2013151668A (en) * | 2011-12-26 | 2013-08-08 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Compound |
JP2014051641A (en) * | 2012-02-13 | 2014-03-20 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Colored curable resin composition |
JP2014044419A (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2014-03-13 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Colored curable resin composition |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20170002124A1 (en) * | 2014-03-19 | 2017-01-05 | Fujifilm Corporation | Curable composition, optical component and compound |
US9902794B2 (en) * | 2014-03-19 | 2018-02-27 | Fujifilm Corporation | Curable composition, optical component and compound |
JP2015189694A (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2015-11-02 | 旭有機材工業株式会社 | Fluorene derivative, production method thereof, compound, composition and hardened product |
KR20170084496A (en) * | 2016-01-12 | 2017-07-20 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof |
KR102425914B1 (en) * | 2016-01-12 | 2022-07-27 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN105683298A (en) | 2016-06-15 |
KR102228368B1 (en) | 2021-03-16 |
JP6452605B2 (en) | 2019-01-16 |
TW201506542A (en) | 2015-02-16 |
KR20160024976A (en) | 2016-03-07 |
TWI623813B (en) | 2018-05-11 |
CN105683298B (en) | 2017-07-11 |
JPWO2014208767A1 (en) | 2017-02-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI554509B (en) | Compound for dye | |
TWI664243B (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
KR102403575B1 (en) | Colored Curable Resin Composition, and Color filter and Display device therefrom | |
TWI550347B (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition | |
JP6174881B2 (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
TW201331712A (en) | Red colored curable resin composition | |
JP6452605B2 (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
KR102423136B1 (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
KR102344036B1 (en) | Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device | |
KR102413509B1 (en) | Compound | |
KR102407625B1 (en) | Compound | |
KR102400064B1 (en) | Compound, coloring composition, fiber material, color filter and display device | |
TW201615638A (en) | Compound, and colored curable resin composition including said compound | |
KR20180027372A (en) | Compound useful as colorant | |
CN108693701B (en) | Colored curable resin composition | |
CN114967328A (en) | Colored resin composition | |
TW202336166A (en) | Compound, colored resin composition, color filter and display device providing a compound capable of forming a color filter excellent in brightness | |
JP2022067058A (en) | Compound | |
TW202239878A (en) | Colored resin composition, compound, color filter and display device wherein the colored resin composition includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator | |
TW201937289A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14817866 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015524154 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20167002108 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14817866 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |